Мануал ямаха тдм 900

Материал из BikesWiki — энциклопедия японских мотоциклов

Перейти к: навигация, поиск

Yamaha TDM 900

Ниже представлены прямые ссылки на скачку сервисной документации.

Для Yamaha TDM 900

  • Руководство пользователя (Owners Manual) на Yamaha TDM 900 (на русском)
  • Сервисный мануал (Service Manual) на Yamaha TDM900 (P) — 2002
  • Дополнение к сервисному мануалу (Supplementary Service Manual) для Yamaha TDM900 (R) — 2003
  • Дополнение к сервисному мануалу (Supplementary Service Manual) для Yamaha TDM900A (T) — 2005
  • Каталог запчастей (микрофиши) для Yamaha TDM 900 (2002)

Обзор модели

  • Yamaha TDM 900

Источник — «https://bikeswiki.ru/index.php?title=Yamaha_TDM900:_мануалы&oldid=10042»

Категория:

  • Сервисная документация
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Yamaha Manuals
  4. Motorcycle
  5. TDM900
  6. Owner’s manual

2008

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Troubleshooting

  • Bookmarks

Quick Links

Read this manual carefully before operating this vehicle.

OWNER’S MANUAL

TDM900

TDM900A

2B0-28199-E4

loading

Related Manuals for Yamaha TDM900

Summary of Contents for Yamaha TDM900

  • Page 1
    Read this manual carefully before operating this vehicle. OWNER’S MANUAL TDM900 TDM900A 2B0-28199-E4…
  • Page 2
    Read this manual carefully before operating this vehicle. This manual should stay with this vehicle if it is sold. AMAHA MOTOR ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. 450-6, Mori, Mori-machi, Shuchi-gun, Shizuoka-ken, 437-0292 Japan DECLARATION of CONFORMITY Company: YAMAHA MOTOR ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. Address: 1450-6, Mori, Mori-Machi, Shuchi-gun, Shizuoka-Ken, 437-0292 Japan Hereby declare that the product: Kind of equipment: IMMOBILIZER…
  • Page 3
    Yamaha a reputation for dependability. Please take the time to read this manual thoroughly, so as to enjoy all advantages of your TDM900/TDM900A. The Owner’s Manual does not only instruct you in how to operate, inspect and maintain your motorcycle, but also in how to safeguard yourself and others from trouble and injury.
  • Page 4: Important Manual Information

    IMPORTANT MANUAL INFORMATION EAU10132 Particularly important information is distinguished in this manual by the following notations: This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.

  • Page 5
    IMPORTANT MANUAL INFORMATION EAU10200 TDM900/TDM900A OWNER’S MANUAL ©2008 by Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd. 1st edition, August 2008 All rights reserved. Any reprinting or unauthorized use without the written permission of Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd. is expressly prohibited. Printed in Japan.
  • Page 6: Table Of Contents

    TABLE OF CONTENTS SAFETY INFORMATION ….1-1 Luggage strap holders ….3-20 Tires ……….6-15 Sidestand ……..3-21 Cast wheels ……..6-18 DESCRIPTION ……..2-1 Ignition circuit cut-off system ..3-21 Adjusting the clutch lever free Left view ………..2-1 play ……….6-18 Right view ………2-3 FOR YOUR SAFETY –…

  • Page 7
    TABLE OF CONTENTS Replacing the tail/brake light bulb ……….6-31 Replacing a turn signal light bulb ……….6-31 Replacing an auxiliary light bulb ..6-32 Supporting the motorcycle …..6-32 Troubleshooting ……6-33 Troubleshooting charts ….6-34 MOTORCYCLE CARE AND STORAGE ………..7-1 Matte color caution ……7-1 Care ……….7-1 Storage ……….7-3 SPECIFICATIONS ……8-1…
  • Page 8: Safety Information

    SAFETY INFORMATION EAU10283 time you use the vehicle to make sure it motorist’s blind spot. ● is in safe operating condition. Failure to Many accidents involve inexperi- Be a Responsible Owner inspect or maintain the vehicle properly enced operators. In fact, many op- As the vehicle’s owner, you are respon- increases the possibility of an accident erators who have been involved in…

  • Page 9
    SAFETY INFORMATION ed by road and traffic conditions. cle accidents are the result of head in- monoxide, a deadly gas. Breathing car- Always signal before turning or juries. The use of a safety helmet is the bon monoxide can cause headaches, ●…
  • Page 10
    Yamaha accessories, which are avail- treme caution when adding cargo or able only from a Yamaha dealer, have accessories to your motorcycle. Use ● Shifting weights can create a sud-…
  • Page 11
    Yamaha accessories, recog- weight distribution or aerody- electric failure could result, which nize that some aftermarket accessories namic changes.
  • Page 12: Description

    DESCRIPTION EAU32220 Left view TDM900 1. Front fork spring preload adjusting bolt (page 3-17) 8. Grab bar 2. Front fork damping adjusting screw (page 3-17) 9. Luggage strap holder (page 3-20) 3. Air filter element (page 6-12) 10. Seat lock (page 3-16) 4.

  • Page 13
    DESCRIPTION TDM900A 1. Front fork spring preload adjusting bolt (page 3-17) 9. Shock absorber assembly rebound damping force adjusting knob (page 3-19) 2. Front fork damping adjusting screw (page 3-17) 10. Shock absorber assembly spring preload adjusting ring (page 3-19) 3.
  • Page 14: Right View

    DESCRIPTION EAU32230 Right view TDM900 1. Owner’s tool kit (page 6-1) 8. Engine oil drain bolt B (page 6-8) 2. Coolant reservoir (page 6-11) 9. Brake pedal (page 3-12) 3. Idle adjusting screw (page 6-14) 10. Rear brake fluid reservoir (page 6-20) 4.

  • Page 15
    DESCRIPTION TDM900A 1. Grab bar 9. Engine oil filter element (page 6-8) 2. Owner’s tool kit (page 6-1) 10. Engine oil drain bolt B (page 6-8) 3. Storage compartment (page 3-17) 11. Brake pedal (page 3-12) 4. Shock absorber assembly compression damping force adjusting 12.
  • Page 16: Controls And Instruments

    DESCRIPTION EAU10430 Controls and instruments 3 4 5 1. Clutch lever (page 3-10) 9. Throttle grip (page 6-15) 2. Left handlebar switches (page 3-9) 3. Multi-function display (page 3-7) 4. Main switch/steering lock (page 3-2) 5. Tachometer unit (page 3-6) 6.

  • Page 17: Instrument And Control Functions

    Do not expose any key to exces- the vehicle along with all three keys to sively high temperatures. a Yamaha dealer to have them re-reg- ● Do not place any key close to istered. Do not use the key with the red magnets (this includes, but not bow for driving.

  • Page 18: Main Switch/Steering Lock

    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS as they may cause signal inter- EAU10471 can be started. The key cannot be re- Main switch/steering lock ference. moved. OFF ON The headlight comes on automatically when the engine is started and stays on until the key is turned to “OFF”. EAU10661 LOCK All electrical systems are off.

  • Page 19
    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS To lock the steering To unlock the steering an extended length of time, other- wise the battery may discharge. 1. Push. 1. Push. 2. Turn. 2. Turn. 1. Turn the handlebars all the way to Push the key into the main switch, and the left or right.
  • Page 20: Indicator And Warning Lights

    Turn signal indicator lights “ ” and If the warning light does not come on “ ” (For TDM900)/Turn signal indi- for a few seconds, then go off, have a cator light “ ” (For TDM900A) Yamaha dealer check the electrical cir- ●…

  • Page 21
    ABS may not work cor- Yamaha dealer check the electrical cir- rectly. If this occurs, have a Yamaha cuit. EAU11371 dealer check the system as soon as When the key is turned to “OFF”…
  • Page 22: Tachometer Unit

    “OFF”, otherwise Yamaha dealer and have the stan- across the r/min range and then return the clock will not be set. dard keys re-registered.

  • Page 23: Coolant Temperature Gauge

    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS EAU12182 EAU36612 ECA10021 Coolant temperature gauge Multi-function display NOTICE EWA12312 Do not continue to operate the en- WARNING gine if it is overheating. Be sure to stop the vehicle before making any setting changes to the multi-function display.

  • Page 24
    If you do not reset the fuel such an error code, note the code num- SET” buttons. reserve tripmeter manually, it will reset ber, and then have a Yamaha dealer ● For the U.K. only: To switch the itself automatically and the display will check the vehicle.
  • Page 25: Anti-Theft Alarm (Optional)

    EAU12331 EAU12347 Right Anti-theft alarm (optional) Handlebar switches This model can be equipped with an optional anti-theft alarm by a Yamaha Left dealer. Contact a Yamaha dealer for more information. 1. Engine stop switch “ ” 2. Start switch “…

  • Page 26: Clutch Lever

    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS position. To cancel the turn signal this does not indicate a malfunction. EAU12820 Clutch lever lights, push the switch in after it has re- turned to the center position. EAU12733 Hazard switch “ ” With the key in the “ON” or “ ”…

  • Page 27: Shift Pedal

    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS EAU12870 EAU26823 on the adjusting dial is aligned with the Shift pedal Brake lever “ ” mark on the brake lever. The brake lever is located at the right handlebar grip. To apply the front brake, pull the lever toward the handle- bar grip.

  • Page 28: Brake Pedal

    Brake pedal ABS (for ABS models) pulsating at the brake lever or The Yamaha ABS (Anti-lock Brake brake pedal when the ABS is oper- System) features a dual electronic con- ating. However, special tools are…

  • Page 29: Fuel Tank Cap

    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS EAU13091 Fuel tank cap The fuel tank cap cannot be closed un- less the key is in the lock. In addition, the key cannot be removed if the cap is not properly closed and locked. EWA11091 WARNING Make sure that the fuel tank cap is properly closed after filling fuel.

  • Page 30: Fuel

    Gasoline is poisonous and can fuel expands when it heats up, Your Yamaha engine has been de- heat from the engine or the sun cause injury or death. Handle gaso- signed to use regular unleaded gaso- can cause fuel to spill out of the line with care.

  • Page 31: Fuel Tank Breather Hose

    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS or premium unleaded fuel. Use of un- EAU13412 EAU13445 Fuel tank breather hose Catalytic converters leaded fuel will extend spark plug life This vehicle is equipped with catalytic and reduce maintenance costs. converters in the exhaust system. EWA10862 WARNING The exhaust system is hot after op-…

  • Page 32: Seat

    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS pairable damage to the catalytic EAU13861 Seat converter. To remove the seat Insert the key into the seat lock, turn it counterclockwise, and then pull the seat off. 1. Projection 2. Seat holder Make sure that the seat is properly se- cured before riding.

  • Page 33: Storage Compartment

    3. CYCLELOK bar (optional) maximum or minimum settings. This storage compartment is designed to hold an optional genuine Yamaha Spring preload CYCLELOK. (Other locks may not fit.) When placing a CYCLELOK in the stor- age compartment, securely fasten it with the straps.

  • Page 34
    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS To increase the spring preload and continue turning the adjusting Spring preload setting: thereby harden the suspension, turn screw in direction (a). The third Minimum (soft): the adjusting bolt on each fork leg in di- click after the minimum setting is Standard: rection (a).
  • Page 35: Adjusting The Shock Absorber Assembly

    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS EAU15032 thereby harden the suspension, turn (a). To decrease the rebound damping Adjusting the shock absorber the adjusting ring in direction (a). To de- force and thereby soften the rebound assembly crease the spring preload and thereby damping, turn the adjusting knob in di- This shock absorber assembly is soften the suspension, turn the adjust-…

  • Page 36: Luggage Strap Holders

    Take the shock To obtain a precise adjustment, it is ad- absorber assembly to a Yamaha visable to check the actual total number dealer for any service. of clicks or turns of each damping force adjusting mechanism.

  • Page 37: Sidestand

    Yamaha’s ignition circuit cut-off system has been designed to assist the operator in fulfilling the respon- sibility of raising the sidestand be- fore starting off. Therefore, check this system regularly as described below and have a Yamaha dealer re- 3-21…

  • Page 38
    INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS WARNING With the engine turned off: 1. Move the sidestand down. If a malfunction is noted, have a Yamaha 2. Make sure that the engine stop switch is set to “ ”. dealer check the system before riding.
  • Page 39: For Your Safety — Pre-Operation Checks

    Failure to inspect or maintain the vehicle properly increases the possibility of an accident or equipment damage. Do not operate the vehicle if you find any problem. If a problem cannot be corrected by the procedures provided in this manual, have the vehicle inspected by a Yamaha dealer. Before using this vehicle, check the following points:…

  • Page 40
    Make sure that operation is smooth. ● Check cable free play. ● Throttle grip 6-15, 6-24 If necessary, have Yamaha dealer adjust cable free play and lubricate cable ● and grip housing. Make sure that operation is smooth. ● Control cables 6-24 Lubricate if necessary.
  • Page 41
    Tighten if necessary. ● Instruments, lights, signals Check operation. ● — and switches Correct if necessary. ● Check operation of ignition circuit cut-off system. ● Sidestand switch 3-21 If system is not working correctly, have Yamaha dealer check vehicle. ●…
  • Page 42: Operation And Important Riding Points

    ● understand, ask your Yamaha dealer. The transmission is in the neutral a turnover. To start the engine after a position.

  • Page 43: Shifting

    Shifting neutral indicator light should come coast for long periods of time on. If not, ask a Yamaha dealer to with the engine off, and do not check the electrical circuit. tow the motorcycle for long dis- 3.

  • Page 44: Tips For Reducing Fuel Consumption

    1600 km (1000 mi). The various parts in period, immediately have a down, and avoid high engine the engine wear and polish themselves Yamaha dealer check the vehi- speeds with no load on the engine. to the correct operating clearances. cle.

  • Page 45: Parking

    OPERATION AND IMPORTANT RIDING POINTS EAU17213 Parking When parking, stop the engine, and then remove the key from the main switch. EWA10311 WARNING ● Since the engine and exhaust system can become very hot, park in a place where pedestri- ans or children are not likely to touch them and be burned.

  • Page 46: Periodic Maintenance And Adjustment

    If you are not familiar with vehicle If you do not have the tools or experi- service, have a Yamaha dealer per- ence required for a particular job, have form service. a Yamaha dealer perform it for you.

  • Page 47: Periodic Maintenance And Lubrication Chart

    ● From 50000 km (30000 mi), repeat the maintenance intervals starting from 10000 km (6000 mi). ● Items marked with an asterisk should be performed by a Yamaha dealer as they require special tools, data and technical skills. ODOMETER READING…

  • Page 48
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT ODOMETER READING ANNUAL ITEM CHECK OR MAINTENANCE JOB 1000 km 10000 km 20000 km 30000 km 40000 km CHECK (600 mi) (6000 mi) (12000 mi) (18000 mi) (24000 mi) √ √ √ √ 9 * Wheels Check runout and for damage.
  • Page 49
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT ODOMETER READING ANNUAL ITEM CHECK OR MAINTENANCE JOB 1000 km 10000 km 20000 km 30000 km 40000 km CHECK (600 mi) (6000 mi) (12000 mi) (18000 mi) (24000 mi) Shift pedal pivot Lubricate with lithium-soap-based ● √…
  • Page 50
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT ODOMETER READING ANNUAL ITEM CHECK OR MAINTENANCE JOB 1000 km 10000 km 20000 km 30000 km 40000 km CHECK (600 mi) (6000 mi) (12000 mi) (18000 mi) (24000 mi) Check operation and free play. ● Adjust the throttle cable free play ●…
  • Page 51: Removing And Installing Cowlings And Panels

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT EAU18712 Removing and installing cowlings and panels The cowlings and panels shown need to be removed to perform some of the maintenance jobs described in this chapter. Refer to this section each time a cowling or panel needs to be re- moved and installed.

  • Page 52: Checking The Spark Plugs

    3. Remove the screw, and then take such problems yourself. Instead, have the panel off. a Yamaha dealer check the vehicle. If a spark plug shows signs of electrode erosion and excessive carbon or other deposits, it should be replaced.

  • Page 53: Engine Oil And Oil Filter Element

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT EAU19835 Specified spark plug: Tightening torque: Engine oil and oil filter NGK/DPR8EA-9 Spark plug: element DENSO/X24EPR-U9 17.5 Nm (1.75 m·kgf, 12.7 ft·lbf) The engine oil level should be checked Before installing a spark plug, the spark before each ride.

  • Page 54
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT spout out and cause damage or To change the engine oil (with or injury. Always let the engine oil without oil filter element replace- cool down sufficiently before re- ment) moving the oil tank cap. 1. Place the vehicle on a level sur- [EWA10361] NOTICE: Do not operate the ve- face.
  • Page 55
    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT 5. Remove the oil filter element cover 7. Install the oil filter element cover by Recommended engine oil: by removing the bolts. installing the bolts, then tightening See page 8-1. them to the specified torque. Oil quantity: Without oil filter element replace- Tightening torque: ment:…
  • Page 56: Coolant

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT EAU20070 For TDM900 Coolant The coolant level should be checked before each ride. In addition, the cool- ant must be changed at the intervals specified in the periodic maintenance and lubrication chart. EAU38583 To check the coolant level 1.

  • Page 57: Replacing The Air Filter Element

    For TDM900 EAU27054 Replacing the air filter element el B for TDM900 or panel A for The air filter element should be re- TDM900A (See page 6-6.), re- placed at the intervals specified in the…

  • Page 58
    5. Lift the fuel tank away from the air damaged, do not start the en- filter case, but do not disconnect gine but have a Yamaha dealer the fuel hoses. replace the hose, otherwise fuel 6. Remove the air filter case cover by may leak, creating a fire haz- removing the screws.
  • Page 59: Adjusting The Engine Idling Speed

    If the specified idling speed cannot be direction (b). obtained as described above, have a Yamaha dealer make the adjustment. 1. Original position (paint mark) 11. Install the fuel tank bolts. 12. Install the rear brake fluid reservoir holder by installing the bolt.

  • Page 60: Checking The Throttle Cable Free Play

    To prevent this cle, note the following points regarding from occurring, the valve clearance the specified tires. must be adjusted by a Yamaha dealer at the intervals specified in the periodic Tire air pressure maintenance and lubrication chart.

  • Page 61
    Rear: cle with excessively worn tires 250 kPa (2.50 kgf/cm , 36 psi) decreases riding stability and TDM900 90–201 kg (198–443 lb) can lead to loss of control. TDM900A 90–198 kg (198–437 lb): ● The replacement of all wheel Front: and brake related parts, includ- 225 kPa (2.25 kgf/cm…
  • Page 62
    After extensive tests, only the tires list- ● Use only the specified replace- ed below have been approved for this ment tires. Other tires may run model by Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd. the danger of bursting at super high speeds. Front tire: Size: ●…
  • Page 63: Cast Wheels

    If any damage is 4. Fully turn the adjusting bolt at the found, have a Yamaha dealer re- clutch lever in direction (a) to loos- place the wheel. Do not attempt en the clutch cable.

  • Page 64: Adjusting The Rear Brake Light Switch

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT ver free play, turn the adjusting nut EAU22272 EAU22390 Adjusting the rear brake light Checking the front and rear in direction (b). switch brake pads 7. Tighten the locknut at the clutch le- ver and the crankcase. The front and rear brake pads must be 8.

  • Page 65: Checking The Brake Fluid Level

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT indicator groove has almost disap- EAU38640 Rear brake (for TDM900A) Checking the brake fluid level peared, have a Yamaha dealer replace the brake pads as a set. Front brake EAU22500 Rear brake pads 1. Minimum level mark…

  • Page 66: Changing The Brake Fluid

    Changing the brake fluid ● When checking the fluid level, ually go down. However, if the Have a Yamaha dealer change the make sure that the top of the brake brake fluid level goes down sud- brake fluid at the intervals specified in fluid reservoir is level.

  • Page 67: Drive Chain Slack

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT EAU22760 Drive chain slack The drive chain slack should be checked before each ride and adjusted if necessary. EAU22773 To check the drive chain slack 1. Place the motorcycle on the side- stand. 1. Drive chain slack 1.

  • Page 68: Cleaning And Lubricating The Drive Chain

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT each side of the swingarm in direc- EAU23023 may contain substances that Cleaning and lubricating the tion (a). To loosen the drive chain, could damage the O-rings. [ECA11111] drive chain turn the adjusting bolt on each side of the swingarm in direction (b), The drive chain must be cleaned and and then push the rear wheel for-…

  • Page 69: Checking And Lubricating The Cables

    If a cable is damaged maintenance chart. or does not move smoothly, have a Yamaha dealer check or replace it. WARNING! Damage to the outer sheath may interfere with proper ca- ble operation and will cause the in-…

  • Page 70: Checking And Lubricating The Brake And Clutch Levers

    Lithium-soap-based grease WARNING Silicone grease If the sidestand does not move up Clutch lever: and down smoothly, have a Yamaha Lithium-soap-based grease dealer check or repair it. Otherwise, the sidestand could contact the ground and distract the operator, re- sulting in a possible loss of control.

  • Page 71: Checking The Front Fork

    Yamaha dealer check or re- tion. WARNING! To avoid injury, of it falling over. [EWA10751] pair it.

  • Page 72: Checking The Wheel Bearings

    If there is play in the wheel burns. Avoid any contact with hub or if the wheel does not turn skin, eyes or clothing and al- smoothly, have a Yamaha dealer check ways shield your eyes when the wheel bearings. working near batteries. In case of contact, administer the fol- lowing FIRST AID.

  • Page 73: Replacing The Fuses

    2. If the battery will be stored for more EAU38592 Replacing the fuses Have a Yamaha dealer charge the bat- than two months, check it at least tery as soon as possible if it seems to once a month and fully charge it if For TDM900 have discharged.

  • Page 74
    4. If the fuse immediately blows cuits, are located under the seat. (See again, have a Yamaha dealer page 3-16.) check the electrical system. If a fuse is blown, replace it as follows.
  • Page 75: Replacing A Headlight Bulb

    4. Install the bulb cover, and then of the bulb, and the bulb life will connect the coupler. be adversely affected. Thor- 5. Have a Yamaha dealer adjust the oughly clean off any dirt and fin- headlight beam if necessary. gerprints on the headlight bulb using a cloth moistened with al- cohol or thinner.

  • Page 76: Replacing The Tail/Brake Light Bulb

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT EAU24081 EAU24204 Replacing the tail/brake light Replacing a turn signal light bulb bulb 1. Remove seat. (See 1. Remove the turn signal light lens page 3-16.) by removing the screw. 2. Remove the socket (together with the bulb) by turning it counter- clockwise.

  • Page 77: Replacing An Auxiliary Light Bulb

    PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT EAU36451 EAU24350 Replacing an auxiliary light Supporting the motorcycle bulb Since this model is not equipped with a centerstand, follow these precautions 1. Remove the auxiliary light lens by when removing the front and rear removing the screws. wheel or performing other maintenance requiring the motorcycle to stand up- right.

  • Page 78: Troubleshooting

    The following troubleshooting charts represent quick and easy procedures for checking these vital systems your- self. However, should your motorcycle require any repair, take it to a Yamaha dealer, whose skilled technicians have the necessary tools, experience, and know-how to service the motorcycle properly.

  • Page 79: Troubleshooting Charts

    Remove the spark plugs and check the electrodes. The engine does not start. Have a Yamaha dealer check the vehicle. Check the battery. 4. Battery The engine turns over The battery is good.

  • Page 80
    Start the engine. If the engine overheats again, have a The coolant level Yamaha dealer check and repair the cooling system. is OK. If coolant is not available, tap water can be temporarily used instead, provided that it is changed to the recommended coolant as soon as possible.
  • Page 81: Motorcycle Care And Storage

    Be ble. Rust and corrosion can develop Cleaning sure to consult a Yamaha dealer for even if high-quality components are ECA10772 advice on what products to use be- NOTICE used.

  • Page 82
    MOTORCYCLE CARE AND STORAGE off any detergent residue using scratches on the windshield. plenty of water, as it is harmful Test the product on a small hid- Salt sprayed on roads in the winter may to plastic parts. den part of the windshield to remain well into spring.
  • Page 83: Storage

    EWA11131 ● Consult a Yamaha dealer for ad- WARNING ● To prevent corrosion, avoid vice on what products to use. damp cellars, stables (because Contaminants on the brakes or tires ●…

  • Page 84
    MOTORCYCLE CARE AND STORAGE fuel from deteriorating. pivoting points of all levers and 3. Perform the following steps to pro- pedals as well as of the sidestand/ tect the cylinders, piston rings, etc. centerstand. from corrosion. 5. Check and, if necessary, correct a.
  • Page 85: Specifications

    NGK/DPR8EA-9 Weight: SAE 20W-50 Manufacturer/model: With oil and fuel: DENSO/X24EPR-U9 TDM900 223.0 kg (492 lb) Spark plug gap: Recommended engine oil grade: TDM900A 226.0 kg (498 lb) 0.8–0.9 mm (0.031–0.035 in) API service SG type or higher, JASO stan- Engine:…

  • Page 86
    Loading: Rim size: 31/25 (1.240) Maximum load: 17M/C x MT5.00 5th: Front brake: 26/25 (1.040) TDM900 201 kg (443 lb) 6th: TDM900A 198 kg (437 lb) Type: 24/26 (0.923) * (Total weight of rider, passenger, cargo Dual disc brake Chassis:…
  • Page 87
    TDM900A 10.0 A Coil spring/gas-oil damper Wheel travel: Turn signal indicator light: 133.0 mm (5.24 in) TDM900 14 V, 1.2 W × 2 Electrical system: TDM900A 14 V, 1.2 W × 1 Ignition system: Engine trouble warning light: TCI (digital) 14 V, 1.4 W ×…
  • Page 88: Consumer Information

    Record the key identification number, vehicle identification number and mod- el label information in the spaces pro- vided below for assistance when ordering spare parts from a Yamaha dealer or for reference in case the vehi- cle is stolen. KEY IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 1.

  • Page 89
    1. Model label The model label is affixed to the frame under the seat. (See page 3-16.) Record the information on this label in the space provided. This information will be needed when ordering spare parts from a Yamaha dealer.
  • Page 90
    INDEX Engine trouble warning light ……3-5 ABS (for ABS models) ……3-12 Oil level warning light …….. 3-4 ABS warning light (for ABS models) ..3-5 Front and rear brake pads, checking..6-19 Air filter element, replacing ….. 6-12 Front fork, adjusting………3-17 Parking …………
  • Page 91
    INDEX Troubleshooting ……..6-33 Troubleshooting charts ……6-34 Turn signal indicator lights ……3-4 Turn signal light bulb, replacing ….6-31 Turn signal switch ……..3-9 Valve clearance ……..6-15 Vehicle identification number…..9-1 Wheel bearings, checking …….6-27 Wheels………….6-18…
  • Page 94
    YAMAHA MOTOR CO., LTD. YAMAHA MOTOR CO., LTD. PRINTED ON RECYCLED PAPER PRINTED ON RECYCLED PAPER PRINTED IN JAPAN PRINTED IN JAPAN 2008.9–0.3×1 ! 2008.9–0.3×1 !

Yamaha 2002 TDM900 Service Manual

  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Yamaha Manuals
  4. Motorcycle
  5. 2002 TDM900
  6. Service manual

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Troubleshooting

  • Bookmarks

Related Manuals for Yamaha 2002 TDM900

Summary of Contents for Yamaha 2002 TDM900

  • Page 3
    EAS00000 TDM900 (P) 2002 SERVICE MANUAL  2001 by Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd. First edition, November 2001 All rights reserved. Any reproduction or unauthorized use without the written permission of Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd. is expressly prohibited.
  • Page 4: Important Manual Information

    EAS00002 NOTICE This manual was produced by the Yamaha Motor Company, Ltd. primarily for use by Yamaha dealers and their qualified mechanics. It is not possible to include all the knowledge of a mechanic in one manu- al. Therefore, anyone who uses this book to perform maintenance and repairs on Yamaha vehicles should have a basic understanding of mechanics and the techniques to repair these types of vehicles.

  • Page 5: How To Use This Manual

    EAS00007 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL This manual is intended as a handy, easy-to-read reference book for the mechanic. Comprehensive explanations of all installation, removal, disassembly, assembly, repair and check procedures are laid out with the individual steps in sequential order. 1 The manual is divided into chapters.

  • Page 6: Specifications

    EAS00008 SYMBOLS The following symbols are not relevant to every SPEC vehicle. INFO Symbols 1 to 9 indicate the subject of each chapter. 1 General information 2 Specifications CHAS 3 Periodic checks and adjustments 4 Chassis 5 Engine 6 Cooling system COOL 7 Fuel injection system 8 Electrical system…

  • Page 7: Table Of Contents

    EAS00012 TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION INFO SPECIFICATIONS SPEC PERIODIC CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS CHASSIS CHAS ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM COOL FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ELEC TROUBLESHOOTING TRBL SHTG…

  • Page 10: Gen Info

    INFO CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION MOTORCYCLE IDENTIFICATION ……. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER .

  • Page 11
    INFO…
  • Page 12: General Information

    MOTORCYCLE IDENTIFICATION INFO EAS00014 GENERAL INFORMATION MOTORCYCLE IDENTIFICATION EAS00017 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number 1 is stamped into the right side of the steering head pipe. EAS00018 MODEL LABEL The model label 2 is affixed to the frame. This information will be needed to order spare parts.

  • Page 13: Features

    FEATURES INFO FEATURES OUTLINE The main function of a fuel supply system is to provide fuel to the combustion chamber at the optimum air-fuel ratio in accordance with the engine operating conditions and the atmospheric temperature. In the conventional carburetor system, the air-fuel ratio of the mixture that is supplied to the combustion chamber is created by the volume of the intake air and the fuel that is metered by the jet that is used in the respective chamber.

  • Page 14: Fi System

    FEATURES INFO FI SYSTEM The fuel pump delivers fuel to the injector via the fuel filter. The pressure regulator maintains the fuel pressure that is applied to the injector at only 294 kPa (2.94 kg/cm , 2.94 bar) higher than the intake manifold pressure.

  • Page 15
    FEATURES INFO Fuel control block The fuel control block consists of the following main components: Component Function Control block Total FI system control Throttle body Air volume control Pressure regulator Fuel pressure detection Sensor block Intake air pressure sensor Intake air pressure detection Atmospheric pressure sensor Atmospheric pressure detection Coolant temperature sensor…
  • Page 16: Ecu (Electronic Control Unit)

    FEATURES INFO ECU (Electronic Control Unit) The main functions of the ECU are ignition control, fuel control, self-diagnosis, and load control. S ECU’s internal construction and functions The main components and functions of the ECU can be broadly divided into the following four items: A.

  • Page 17
    FEATURES INFO S Ignition control The ignition control function of the ECU controls the ignition timing and the duration of ignition ener- gizing. The ignition timing control uses the signals from the throttle position sensor (to detect the angle of the throttle), and the crankshaft position sensor and speed sensor (to detect the speed of the en- gine).
  • Page 18
    FEATURES INFO Fuel pump The fuel pump, which is mounted in the fuel tank, draws the fuel directly from the tank and pumps it to the injector. A filter that is provided in the fuel pump prevents any debris in the fuel tank from entering the fuel sys- tem downstream of the pump.
  • Page 19
    FEATURES INFO Pressure regulator It regulates the fuel pressure that is applied to the injectors that are provided in the cylinders in order to maintain a constant pressure difference with the pressure in the intake manifold. The fuel that is delivered by the fuel pump fills the fuel chamber through the fuel inlet of the regulator and exerts pressure on the diaphragm in the direction for opening the valve.
  • Page 20
    FEATURES INFO Fuel injector Upon receiving injection signals from the ECU, the fuel injector injects fuel. In the normal state, the core is pressed downward by the force of the spring, as illustrated. The needle that is integrated with the bottom of the core keeps the fuel passage closed.
  • Page 21
    FEATURES INFO Crankshaft position sensor The crankshaft position sensor uses the signals of the pickup coil that is mounted on the right side of the crankshaft. When the rotation of the pickup rotor that is attached to the crankshaft causes the pro- jections on the rotor to pass by the pickup coil, an electromotive force is generated in the coil.
  • Page 22
    FEATURES INFO Cylinder identification sensor The cylinder identification sensor is mounted on the exhaust head cover of the #1 cylinder. When the exhaust cam of the #1 cylinder rotates and the projection of the cam plate passes by the sensor, the sensor generates a signal and sends it to the ECU.
  • Page 23
    FEATURES INFO Throttle position sensor The throttle position sensor measures the intake air volume by detecting the position of the throttle valve. It detects the mechanical angle of the throttle valve through the positional relationship between the moving contact that moves in unison with the throttle shaft and the resistor board. In actual opera- tion, the ECU supplies 5 V power to both ends of the resistor board and the voltage that is output by the throttle position sensor is used to determine the angle of the throttle valve.
  • Page 24
    FEATURES INFO Intake air pressure sensor and atmospheric pressure sensor S Intake air pressure sensor The intake air pressure sensor is used for measuring the intake air volume. The intake air volume of every intake stroke is proportionate to the intake air pressure. Therefore, the intake air volume can be measured by measuring the intake air pressure.
  • Page 25
    FEATURES INFO Coolant temperature sensor The signals from the coolant temperature sensor are used primarily for making fuel volume compensa- tions during starting and warm-up. The coolant temperature sensor converts the temperature of the coolant into electrical signals and sends them to the ECU. A Resistance kΩ…
  • Page 26
    FEATURES INFO sensor The O sensor has been adopted to enable the catalyst to function at a high degree of efficiency by maintaining the air-fuel mixture near the stoichiometric ratio (14.7 : 1). This sensor, which is a zirconia type, utilizes the oxygen ion conductivity of the solid electrolyte for detecting the oxygen concentration levels.
  • Page 27
    FEATURES INFO Lean angle cut-off switch The lean angle cut-off switch stops the supply of fuel to the engine in case the motorcycle overturns. When the motorcycle is in the normal state, the cut-off switch outputs a constant voltage of approxi- mately 1.0 V (low level).
  • Page 28: Three-Way Catalytic Converter System

    FEATURES INFO THREE-WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER SYSTEM System outline This is a highly efficient exhaust gas cleaning system that effects air-fuel control through a joint effort by the FI system, O sensor, and the three-way catalytic converter system. By effecting comprehensive control of the air-fuel ratio in this manner, this system reduces the CO, HC, and NOx in the exhaust gases.

  • Page 29
    FEATURES INFO Functions of components Catalyst Because the conditions in which NOx is generated are directly opposed to those of CO and HC, there is a limit to the extent to which the concentration levels of these harmful elements can be reduced in the combustion stage.
  • Page 30: Air Induction System

    FEATURES INFO AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM The air induction system (AI system) introduces fresh air into the exhaust port in order to burn the un- burned gas (which is present in the exhaust gas) in the exhaust pipe. The burning of the unburned gases in this manner enhances the efficiency of the catalyst and results in cleaner exhaust gases.

  • Page 31
    FEATURES INFO Air cut-off valve The air cut-off valve consists of a plunger that is mounted inside the core of a solenoid coil, and a valve at the end of the plunger for opening and closing the air passage. Due to the force of a spring, the valve is in constant contact with valve block A, and thus keeps the air passage open.
  • Page 32: Instrument Panel

    FEATURES INFO INSTRUMENT PANEL Clock TRIP/ ODO meter SELECT button RESET button Engine trouble warning light Function indication The indications of the self-diagnosis function can be checked and inspection operations can be per- formed through the use of the multi-function meter on the instrument panel. Based on the signals received from the sensors, the ECU inputs the signals into the multi-function me- ter.

  • Page 33
    FEATURES INFO CO ADJUSTMENT MODE Cylinder identification For #1 For #2 CO data Example: lean rich –128 DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING MODE Diagnostic monitoring code Example: code “01” Monitoring data WHEN THE COMMUNICATION ERROR Error code OCCURRED BETWEEN ECU AND METER: Example: When the error code is “Er-1” For details of error codes, refer to “FAIL-SAFE ACTION TABLE”…
  • Page 34: Important Information

    5. Keep all parts away from any source of fire. EAS00021 REPLACEMENT PARTS Use only genuine Yamaha parts for all replace- ments. Use oil and grease recommended by Yamaha for all lubrication jobs. Other brands may be similar in function and appearance, but inferior in quality.

  • Page 35: Lock Washers/Plates And Cotter Pins

    IMPORTANT INFORMATION INFO EAS00023 LOCK WASHERS/PLATES AND COTTER PINS After removal, replace all lock washers/plates 1 and cotter pins. After the bolt or nut has been tightened to specification, bend the lock tabs along a flat of the bolt or nut. EAS00024 BEARINGS AND OIL SEALS Install bearings and oil seals so that the…

  • Page 36: Checking The Connections

    CHECKING THE CONNECTIONS INFO EAS00026 CHECKING THE CONNECTIONS Check the leads, couplers, and connectors for stains, rust, moisture, etc. 1. Disconnect: S lead S coupler S connector 2. Check: S lead S coupler S connector Moisture ! Dry with an air blower. Rust/stains ! Connect and disconnect sev- eral times.

  • Page 37: Special Tools

    SPECIAL TOOLS INFO EAS00027 SPECIAL TOOLS The following special tools are necessary for complete and accurate tune-up and assembly. Use only the appropriate special tools as this will help prevent damage caused by the use of inappropriate tools or improvised techniques. Special tools, part numbers or both may differ depending on the country. When placing an order, refer to the list provided below to avoid any mistakes.

  • Page 38
    SPECIAL TOOLS INFO Tool No. Tool name/How to use Illustration 90890-01403 Steering nut wrench This tool is used to loosen and tighten the steering ring nut. 90890-01701 Sheave holder This tool is used to hold the rotor when loosening and tightening the rotor bolt. 90890-06756 Vacuum/pressure pump gauge set This tool used to measure the vacuum…
  • Page 39
    This tool is used to hold the clutch when removing or installing the clutch boss nut. 90890-06754 Ignition checker This instrument is necessary for checking the ignition system components. 90890-85505 Yamaha bond No. 1215 This sealant (bond) is used on crankcase mating surfaces, etc. 1-28…
  • Page 41: Spec

    SPEC CHAPTER 2 SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ……..ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS .

  • Page 42
    SPEC…
  • Page 43: Specifications

    SPEC GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Model code 5PS1 (for EUR) 5PS2 (for OCE) Dimensions Overall length 2,180 mm Overall width 800 mm Overall height 1,290 mm Seat height 825 mm Wheelbase 1,485 mm Minimum ground clearance 160 mm Minimum turning radius 2,900 mm…

  • Page 44: Engine Specifications

    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Engine Engine type Liquid-cooled, 4-stroke, DOHC Displacement 897 cm Cylinder arrangement Forward-inclined parallel 2-cylinder Bore stroke 92.0 67.5 mm Compression ratio 10.4 : 1 1,100 X 1,200 r/min Engine idling speed 33 X 36 kPa Vacuum pressure at engine idling speed Standard compression pressure…

  • Page 45
    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Oil filter Oil filter type Paper 40.0 X 80.0 kPa Bypass valve opening pressure (0.40 X 0.80 kg/cm , 0.40 X 0.80 bar) Oil pump Oil pump type Trochoid 0.00 X 0.12 mm Inner-rotor-to-outer-rotor- 0.20 mm tip clearance 0.03 X 0.08 mm…
  • Page 46
    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Camshafts Drive system Chain drive (right) 25.000 X 25.021 mm Camshaft cap inside diameter 24.967 X 24.980 mm Camshaft journal diameter 0.020 X 0.054 mm Camshaft-journal-to-camshaft-cap 0.08 mm clearance Intake camshaft lobe dimensions 35.70 X 35.80 mm Measurement A 35.60 mm 27.95 X 28.05 mm…
  • Page 47
    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Timing chain Model/number of links 82RH2015/138 Tensioning system Automatic Valve, valve seats, valve guides Valve clearance (cold) 0.15 X 0.20 mm Intake 0.23 X 0.28 mm Exhaust Valve dimensions Head Diameter Face Width Seat Width Margin Thickness Valve head diameter A 25.9 X 26.1 mm…
  • Page 48
    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Valve springs Free length Intake 37.3 mm 35.4 mm Exhaust 37.3 mm 35.4 mm Installed length (valve closed) Intake 30.4 mm Exhaust 30.4 mm Compressed spring force (installed) 98.1 X 113.8 N (10.0 X 11.6 kgf) Intake 98.1 X 113.8 N (10.0 X 11.6 kgf) Exhaust…
  • Page 49
    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Cylinders Cylinder arrangement Forward inclined parallel 2-cylinder Bore stroke 92.0 67.5 mm Compression ratio 10.4 : 1 92.00 X 92.01 Bore Max. taper 0.05 mm Max. out-of-round 0.05 mm Pistons 0.025 X 0.050 mm Piston-to-cylinder clearance 0.11 mm 91.960 X 91.975 mm…
  • Page 50
    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Oil ring Dimensions (B 2.5 mm 0.20 X 0.50 mm End gap (installed) 0.04 X 0.14 mm Ring side clearance Connecting rods 0.036 X 0.060 mm Crankshaft-pin-to-big-end-bearing 0.09 mm clearance Bearing color code 1 = Blue 2 = Black 3 = Brown 4 = Green 21.005 X 21.018 mm Small end inside diameter…
  • Page 51
    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Clutch plates 1.9 X 2.1 mm Thickness Plate quantity Max. warpage 0.1 mm Clutch spring Free length 50 mm 47.5 mm Spring quantity Transmission Transmission type Constant mesh, 6-speed Primary reduction system Spur gear Primary reduction ratio 67/39 (1.718) Secondary reduction system…
  • Page 52
    SPEC ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Throttle bodies Model (manufacturer) quantity 38EIS (MIKUNI) 33 X 36 kPa Intake vacuum pressure 3 X 5 mm Throttle cable free play (at the flange of the throttle grip) ID mark 5PS1 00 Throttle valve size 2-10…
  • Page 53: Chassis Specifications

    SPEC CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Frame Frame type Diamond Caster angle 25.5_ Trail 114 mm Front wheel Wheel type Cast wheel Size 18M/C MT3.50 Material Aluminum Wheel travel 150 mm Wheel runout Max. radial wheel runout 1 mm Max.

  • Page 54
    SPEC CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Rear tire Tire type Tubeless Size 160/60ZR17M/C (69W) Model (manufacturer) MEZ4J (METZELER)/ D220STJ (DUNLOP) Tire pressure (cold) 0 X 90 kg 250 kpa (2.5 kgf/cm , 2.5 bar) 90 X 208 kg 290 kPa (2.9 kgf/cm , 2.9 bar) High-speed riding 250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm…
  • Page 55
    80 X 150 mm Spring stroke (K2) Optional spring available Fork oil Recommended oil Yamaha fork oil 10 WT or equivalent Quantity (each front fork leg) 507 cm Level (from the top of the inner 133 mm tube, with the inner tube fully…
  • Page 56
    SPEC CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Rear suspension Suspension type Swingarm (link suspension) Rear shock absorber assembly type Coil spring/gas-oil damper Rear shock absorber assembly travel 61.5 mm Spring Free length 180 mm 176.4 mm Installed length 170 mm Spring rate (K1) 127.5 mm (12.75 kgf/mm) 0 X 61.5 mm Spring stroke (K1)
  • Page 57: Electrical Specifications

    SPEC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit System voltage 12 V Ignition system Ignition system type Transistorized coil ignition (digital) Ignition timing 10_ BTDC at 1,150 r/min Advancer type Electric 420.8 X 569.3 Ω/Gy-B Pickup coil resistance/color Transistorized coil ignition unit model F8T911 (MITSUBISHI) (manufacturer) Ignition coils…

  • Page 58
    SPEC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Bulbs (voltage/wattage quantity) Headlight 12 V 55 W Auxiliary light 12 V 5 W Tail/brake light 12 V 5 W/21 W Turn signal light 12 V 10 W Meter light 14 V 2 W Electric starting system System type Constant mesh…
  • Page 59
    SPEC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item Standard Limit Fuses (amperage quantity) Main fuse 40 A Fuel injection system fuse 15 A Headlight fuse 15 A Signaling system fuse 7.5 A 1 (EUR) 1 (OCE) Ignition fuse 10 A Radiator fan motor fuse 20 A Hazard light fuse 10 A…
  • Page 60: Conversion Table

    CONVERSION TABLE/ SPEC GENERAL TIGHTENING TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS EAS00028 EAS00029 CONVERSION TABLE GENERAL TIGHTENING TORQUE All specification data in this manual are SPECIFICATIONS listed in SI and METRIC UNITS. This chart specifies tightening torques for stan- Use this table to convert METRIC dard fasteners with a standard ISO thread unit data to IMPERIAL unit data.

  • Page 61: Tightening Torques

    SPEC TIGHTENING TORQUES TIGHTENING TORQUES ENGINE TIGHTENING TORQUES Tightening Thread torque Part to be tightened Part name Q’ty Remarks size size mSkg Cylinder head stud bolt (exhaust pipe) Bolt Camshaft cap Bolt Cylinder head bolt Bolt Cylinder head nut (initial) (2nd) 1.8* (final)

  • Page 62
    SPEC TIGHTENING TORQUES Tightening Thread torque Part to be tightened Part name Q’ty Remarks size size mSkg Drive chain slider Bolt Engine bracket Bolt Starter clutch Bolt Clutch spring Screw Use a lock Clutch boss washer Bearing housing Screw Stake Use a lock Drive sprocket washer…
  • Page 63
    SPEC TIGHTENING TORQUES Cylinder head tightening sequence: Crankcase tightening sequence: Upper crankcase Lower crankcase 2-21…
  • Page 64: Chassis Tightening Torques

    SPEC TIGHTENING TORQUES CHASSIS TIGHTENING TORQUES Tightening Thread torque Part to be tightened Remarks size size mSkg Upper bracket pinch bolt Steering stem nut 11.3 Lower ring nut See NOTE Lower bracket pinch bolt Horn bracket and lower bracket Brake hose union bolt Front cowling stay and frame Grip end Front brake master cylinder bracket…

  • Page 65
    SPEC TIGHTENING TORQUES Tightening Thread torque Part to be tightened Remarks size size mSkg Footrest bracket and frame Rear brake master cylinder and bracket Rear footrest and footrest bracket Front wheel axle Rear wheel axle and nut 15.0 Front brake caliper Rear brake caliper and caliper bracket Front brake disc and wheel Rear brake disc and wheel…
  • Page 66: Lubrication Points And Lubricant Types

    Main axle and drive axle Shift drum Shift forks and shift fork guide bars Shift shaft right side and crankcase Shift pedal bolt Cylinder head cover mating surface Yamaha bond No. 1215 Cylinder head cover Yamaha bond No. 1215 Crankcase mating surface Yamaha bond No.

  • Page 67: Chassis Lubrication Points And Lubricant Types

    SPEC LUBRICATION POINTS AND LUBRICANT TYPES CHASSIS LUBRICATION POINTS AND LUBRICANT TYPES Lubrication point Lubricant Steering bearings and bearing races (upper and lower) Front wheel oil seal (right and left) Rear wheel oil seal Rear wheel drive hub oil seal Rear wheel drive hub mating surface Rear brake pedal pivot Rear footrest pivoting point…

  • Page 68: Oil Flow Diagrams

    SPEC OIL FLOW DIAGRAMS OIL FLOW DIAGRAMS Scavenge pump Feed pump Oil strainer Oil filter element Oil drain bolt (oil tank) Oil tank Oil level switch 2-26…

  • Page 69
    SPEC OIL FLOW DIAGRAMS Front balancer shaft Oil strainer Feed pump Relief valve Scavenge pump 2-27…
  • Page 70
    SPEC OIL FLOW DIAGRAMS Cam shaft Rear balancer shaft Main axle Drive axle Oil drain bolt (engine) Front balancer shaft 2-28…
  • Page 71
    SPEC OIL FLOW DIAGRAMS Cylinder head Rear balancer shaft Crankshaft Oil drain bolt (engine) 2-29…
  • Page 72
    SPEC OIL FLOW DIAGRAMS Main axle Drive axle 2-30…
  • Page 73: Cooling System Diagrams

    SPEC COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS Radiator Water pump Radiator outlet hose Thermostat assembly Thermostat inlet hose Radiator inlet hose 2-31…

  • Page 74
    SPEC COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS Radiator Radiator outlet hose Water pump Coolant reservoir tank hose 2-32…
  • Page 75
    SPEC COOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS Thermostat assembly Thermostat inlet hose Liner control valve 2-33…
  • Page 76: Cable Routing

    SPEC CABLE ROUTING CABLE ROUTING Throttle cables Clamp Headlight adjusting knob Clutch cable Front turn signal light (right) Handlebar switch lead (left) Stay 1 Main switch lead Meter assembly Cover 7 Auxiliary light Horn lead Meter lead Horn Auxiliary light lead Cover 8 Front turn signal light (left) Front brake hose…

  • Page 77
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING A Fasten the handlebar switch lead (left) to the han- F Route the handlebar switch lead (right) and throttle dlebar with a band. cable (2 cables) through the cover 8. B Through the handlebar switch lead (left) and clutch G Route the brake hose through the guide.
  • Page 78
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING L Fasten the main switch lead with a clamp so that it Q Route the wire harness so that it passes by the out- faces the front side of the vehicle. side of bolt. M Fasten the turn signal lead (right) together with the R To the ECU coupler to the stay 1.
  • Page 79
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING Plate Battery negative lead sensor Stay 3 Seat lock cable sensor lead Ignition coil Alarm coupler Cylinder identification sensor Neutral switch lead Tail/ brake light lead Headlight relay (for OCE) sensor lead Rear turn signal light (left) Speed sensor lead Rear turn signal light lead ECU lead…
  • Page 80
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING A To the headlight H Fasten the tail / brake light lead to the outside of the B Connect the headlight sub-wire harness in front of frame with a clamp. Connect the tail / brake light ECU and make it not to route inside or above the lead coupler between rear cover and frame, posi- ECU lead.
  • Page 81
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING K The O sensor lead should not stick out from the O Route the fuel drain hose (2 hoses), air filter case boss seat face to the outside of the vehicle. drain hose and radiator reservoir tank drain hose L Bind the neutral switch, O sensor, speed sensor, through the guide located behind the swingarm…
  • Page 82
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING Hose 2 A Route the clutch cable through the guide of stay 2. Hose B Pass the fuel hose between the fuel drain hoses. Ignition coil C Direct the take out port of rear brake light switch lead to the front. Stay 2 Radiator Clutch cable…
  • Page 83
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING Throttle cables Atmospheric pressure sensor Fuel pump lead 1 Handlebar switch lead (right) Main fuse Sub wire harness (throttle body) Stay Starter relay Radiator fan motor lead Thermo wax hose Rear turn signal light lead (right) Cylinder identification sensor Intake air vacuum hose Rear turn signal light (right) lead…
  • Page 84
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING A For the wire harness routing, use clamps to fasten G Route the starter motor lead under the rear frame the wire harness to the outer hole of the cover 2. attaching boss section. B To the AI system H Route the starter motor lead by the right side of the C Plug in the ignition coil lead terminals as shown in battery and coolant reservoir tank.
  • Page 85
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING L Route the rear turn signal lead (left) through the left T Pass the wire harness, cylinder identification sensor side hole of fender. and radiator fan motor leads under the bracket 1. M Route the rear turn signal light leads (right and left) U Pass the wire harness, cylinder identification sen- between the ribs of rear fender.
  • Page 86
    SPEC CABLE ROUTING Z Fasten the cylinder identification sensor and radia- tor fan motor lead to the frame with a clamp. Posi- tion the clamp tip to face downward. AA Route the wire harness through the smaller diam- eter and the radiator reservoir tank drain hose through the larger diameter and clamp them.
  • Page 88: Chk Adj

    CHAPTER 3 PERIODIC CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS INTRODUCTION ……….PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION INTERVALS .

  • Page 89
    CHASSIS ……….. . . 3-43 ADJUSTING THE FRONT BRAKE .
  • Page 90: Periodic Checks And Adjustments

    S The annual checks must be performed every year, except if a kilometer-based maintenance is performed instead. S From 50,000 km, repeat the maintenance intervals starting from 10,000 km. S Items marked with an asterisk should be performed by a Yamaha dealer as they require special tools, data and technical skills. ODOMETER READING (…

  • Page 91
    INTRODUCTION/PERIODIC MAINTENANCE AND LUBRICATION INTERVALS ODOMETER READING ( 1,000 km) ANNUAL ITEM ITEM CHECK OR MAINTENANCE JOB CHECK OR MAINTENANCE JOB CHECK Chassis fasteners S Make sure that all nuts, bolts and screws are properly tightened. 15 * (See page 2-22) S Check operation.
  • Page 92: Seat

    SEAT EAS00038 SEAT Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the seat Remove the parts in the order listed. Seat For installation, reverse the removal procedure.

  • Page 93: Front Cowlings

    FRONT COWLINGS FRONT COWLINGS Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the front cowlings Remove the parts in the order listed. Windshield Inner panel Turn signal light connector Disconnect. Side cowling (left and right) Front cowling Air intake grile Headlight assembly For installation, reverse the removal procedure.

  • Page 94: Fuel Tank

    FUEL TANK EAS00040 FUEL TANK 16 Nm (1.6 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 16 Nm (1.6 mSkg) 4 Nm (0.4 mSkg) 4 Nm (0.4 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the fuel tank Remove the parts in the order listed. Seat Refer to “SEAT”.

  • Page 95: Removing The Fuel Tank

    REMOVING THE FUEL TANK/ REMOVING THE FUEL PUMP REMOVING THE FUEL TANK 1. Extract the fuel in the fuel tank through the fuel tank cap with a pump. 2. Remove: S fuel return hose S fuel hose CAUTION: Although the fuel has been removed from the fuel tank be careful when removing the fuel hoses, since there may be fuel remain- ing in it.

  • Page 96: Installing The Fuel Pump

    INSTALLING THE FUEL PUMP/ INSTALLING THE FUEL HOSE INSTALLING THE FUEL PUMP 1. Install: S fuel pump 4 Nm (0.4 mSkg) NOTE: S Do not damage the installation surfaces of the fuel tank when installing the fuel pump. S Always use a new fuel pump gasket. S Install the fuel pump as shown in the illustra- tion.

  • Page 97: Rear Cowling

    REAR COWLING EAS00042 REAR COWLING 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) 19 Nm (1.9 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the rear cowling Remove the parts in the order listed. Seat Refer to “SEAT”.

  • Page 98: Air Filter Case

    AIR FILTER CASE EAS00043 AIR FILTER CASE 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the air filter case Remove the parts in the order listed. Side cowlings Seat Refer to “SEAT”. Fuel tank Refer to “FUEL TANK”. Cylinder head breather hose AI system hose Solenoid valve hose Solenoid valve coupler…

  • Page 99: Engine

    ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEARANCE EAS00045 ENGINE ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEARANCE The following procedure applies to all of the valves. NOTE: S Valve clearance adjustment should be made on a cold engine, at room temperature. S When the valve clearance is to be measured or adjusted, the piston must be at top dead center (TDC) on the compression stroke.

  • Page 100
    ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEARANCE a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise. b. When piston #1 is at TDC on the compres- sion stroke, align the TDC mark a on the generator rotor with the mark b on the crankcase cover. NOTE: TDC on the compression stroke can be found when the camshaft lobes are turned away from each other.
  • Page 101
    ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEARANCE 8. Adjust: S valve clearance a. Remove the valve lifter 1 and the valve pad 2 with a valve lapper 3 . Valve lapper 90890-04101 NOTE: S Cover the timing chain opening with a rag to prevent the valve pad from falling into the crankcase.
  • Page 102
    ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEARANCE EXAMPLE: Original valve pad number = 148 (thickness = 1.48 mm (0.058 in)) Rounded value = 150 d. Locate the rounded number of the original valve pad and the measured valve clearance in the valve pad selection table. The point where the column and row intersect is the new valve pad number.
  • Page 103
    ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEARANCE INTAKE INSTALLED PAD NUMBER MEASURED 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 235 240 CLEARANCE 0.00 X 0.04 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 0.05 X 0.09 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 0.10 X 0.14…
  • Page 104: Synchronizing The Throttle Bodies

    9. Apply: S sealant (onto the cylinder head cover) Yamaha bond No.1215 90890-85505 10. Install: S cylinder head cover 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) EAS00050…

  • Page 105
    SYNCHRONIZING THE THROTTLE BODIES 4. Install: S engine tachometer (to the spark plug lead of cyl. #1) S vacuum gauge (to the throttle body) Vacuum gauge 90890-03094 Engine tachometer 90890-03113 5. Install: S fuel tank Refer to “FUEL TANK”. 6. Start the engine and let it warm up for several minutes.
  • Page 106
    SYNCHRONIZING THE THROTTLE BODIES CAUTION: Do not use the throttle valve adjusting screws 1 to adjust the throttle body syn- chronization. Carburetor angle driver 90890-03158 Vacuum pressure at engine idling speed 33.0 X 36.0 kPa (248 X 270 mm Hg) NOTE: The difference in vacuum pressure between two throttle bodies should not exceed 1.33 kPa…
  • Page 107: Checking And Adjusting The Exhaust Gas At Idle

    CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE EXHAUST GAS AT IDLE CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE EXHAUST GAS AT IDLE (Measuring the exhaust gas at idle [when the air induction system does not operate]) 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. NOTE: S Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand. S Make sure the motorcycle is upright.

  • Page 108
    CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE EXHAUST GAS AT IDLE 5. Install: S air filter case Refer to “AIR FILTER CASE”. S fuel tank Refer to “FUEL TANK”. 6. Start the engine and warm it up until the spe- cified oil temperature is reached. Oil temperature 60 X 80_C 7.
  • Page 109
    ADJUSTING THE EXHAUST GAS VOLUME ADJUSTING THE EXHAUST GAS VOLUME NOTE: Be sure to set the carbon monoxide density to standard, and then adjust the exhaust gas. Setting steps NOTE: If the battery is not fully charged errors one to four will be indicated on the display.
  • Page 110
    ADJUSTING THE EXHAUST GAS VOLUME NOTE: The exhaust gas volume will be indicated on the display. S Push the “RESET” button to increase the vol- ume. S Push the “SELECT” button to decrease the volume. S Release the button to set the volume. S Push the “SELECT”…
  • Page 111
    CHECKING THE EXHAUST GAS AT IDLE CHECKING THE EXHAUST GAS AT IDLE (Measuring the exhaust gas at idle [when air in- duction system is operating]) 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. NOTE: S Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand. S Make sure the motorcycle is upright.
  • Page 112
    CHECKING THE EXHAUST GAS AT IDLE 7. Install: S carbon monoxide and hydrocarbon tester 1 S sampling probe 2 NOTE: S Since it is necessary to insert the sampling probe 600 mm into the exhaust pipe, be sure to use a heat-resistant rubber tube as shown in the illustration.
  • Page 113
    ADJUSTING THE ENGINE IDLING SPEED EAS00052 ADJUSTING THE ENGINE IDLING SPEED NOTE: Prior to adjusting the engine idling speed, the throttle bodies synchronization should be ad- justed properly, the air filter element should be clean, and the engine should have adequate compression.
  • Page 114
    ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE CABLE FREE PLAY EAS00055 ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE CABLE FREE PLAY NOTE: Prior to adjusting the throttle cable free play, the engine idling speed and throttle bodies synchro- nization should be adjusted properly. 1. Check: S throttle cable free play a Out of specification ! Adjust.
  • Page 115
    ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE CABLE FREE PLAY Throttle cable free play is Direction increased. Throttle cable free play is Direction decreased. e. Tighten the locknuts. NOTE: If the specified throttle cable free play cannot be obtained on the carburetor side of the cable, use the adjusting nut on the handlebar side.
  • Page 116
    CHECKING THE SPARK PLUGS EAS00059 CHECKING THE SPARK PLUGS The following procedure applies to all of the spark plugs. 1. Disconnect: S spark plug cap 2. Remove: S spark plug CAUTION: Before removing the spark plugs, blow away any dirt accumulated in the spark plug wells with compressed air to prevent it from fal- ling into the cylinders.
  • Page 117
    CHECKING THE IGNITION TIMING EAS00064 CHECKING THE IGNITION TIMING NOTE: Prior to checking the ignition timing, check the wiring connections of the entire ignition system. Make sure all connections are tight and free of corrosion. 1. Remove: S timing plug 1 2.
  • Page 118
    MEASURING THE COMPRESSION PRESSURE EAS00065 MEASURING THE COMPRESSION PRES- SURE The following procedure applies to all of the cyl- inders. NOTE: Insufficient compression pressure will result in a loss of performance. 1. Measure: S valve clearance Out of specification ! Adjust. Refer to “ADJUSTING THE VALVE CLEAR- ANCE”.
  • Page 119
    MEASURING THE COMPRESSION PRESSURE/ CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL a. Set the main switch to “ON”. b. With the throttle wide open, crank the engine until the reading on the compression gauge stabilizes. WARNING To prevent sparking, ground all spark plug leads before cranking the engine.
  • Page 120
    CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL 3. Check: S engine oil level Wipe the dipstick clean, insert it into the oil filler hole (without screw it in and direct the arrow mark on the cap upward.), and then re- move it to check the oil level. The engine oil level should be between the minimum level mark a and maximum level mark b .
  • Page 121
    CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL EAS00075 CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL 1. Start the engine, warm it up for several min- utes, and then turn it off. 2. Place a container under the engine oil drain bolt. 3. Remove: S engine oil filler cap S engine oil drain bolt (engine) 1 (along with the gasket) S engine oil drain bolt (oil tank) 2…
  • Page 122
    CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL CAUTION: The engine should be filled with oil in two steps. First fill the engine with 3.0 liters of oil. Then start the engine and race it five or six time. Stop the engine and fill it with oil to the specified level.
  • Page 123
    ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH CABLE FREE PLAY EAS00078 ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH CABLE FREE PLAY 1. Check: S clutch cable free play a Out of specification ! Adjust. Clutch cable free play (at the end of the clutch lever) 10 X 15 mm 2.
  • Page 124
    CHECKING THE AIR FILTER ELEMENT EAS00086 CHECKING THE AIR FILTER ELEMENT 1. Remove: S fuel tank Refer to “FUEL TANK”. 2. Remove: S air filter case cover S air filter element 3. Check: S air filter element Damage ! Replace. NOTE: Replace the air filter element at periodic inter- vals of 40,000 km travel.
  • Page 125
    CHECKING THE FUEL AND VACUUM HOSES/ CHECKING THE CRANKCASE BREATHER HOSE EAS00096 CHECKING THE FUEL AND VACUUM HOSES The following procedure applies to all of the fuel and vacuum hoses. 1. Remove: S fuel tank Refer to “FUEL TANK”. S air filter case Refer to “AIR FILTER CASE”.
  • Page 126
    CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM EAS00100 CHECKING THE EXHAUST SYSTEM The following procedure applies to all of the ex- haust pipes, mufflers and gaskets. 1. Check: S exhaust pipe 1 S muffler 2 Cracks/damage ! Replace. S gasket 3 Exhaust gas leaks ! Replace. 2.
  • Page 127
    CHECKING THE COOLANT LEVEL EAS00102 CHECKING THE COOLANT LEVEL 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. NOTE: S Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand. S Make sure the motorcycle is upright. 2. Remove: S seat Refer to “SEAT”. 3.
  • Page 128
    CHECKING THE COOLING SYSTEM EAS00104 CHECKING THE COOLING SYSTEM 1. Remove: S fuel tank Refer to “FUEL TANK”. S air filter case Refer to “AIR FILTER CASE”. 2. Check: S radiator 1 S radiator inlet hose 2 S radiator outlet hose 3 S radiator reservoir tank hose 4 S radiator cover 5 Cracks/damage ! Replace.
  • Page 129
    CHANGING THE COOLANT EAS00105 CHANGING THE COOLANT 1. Remove: S seat Refer to “SEAT”. 2. Disconnect: S coolant reservoir hose 1 3. Drain: S coolant (from the coolant reservoir tank) 4. Remove: S coolant reservoir tank cap 2 WARNING A hot radiator is under pressure. Therefore, do not remove the radiator cap when the en- gine is hot.
  • Page 130
    CHANGING THE COOLANT 8. Connect: S coolant reservoir hose 9. Fill: S cooling system (with the specified amount of the recom- mended coolant) Recommended antifreeze High-quality ethylene glycol antifreeze containing corrosion inhibitors for aluminum engines Mixing ratio 1:1 (antifreeze:water) Quantity Total amount 1.7 L Coolant reservoir capacity…
  • Page 131
    CHANGING THE COOLANT 12. Install: S coolant reservoir cap 13. Start the engine, warm it up for several min- utes, and then stop it. 14. Check: S coolant level Refer to “CHECKING THE COOLANT LEV- EL”. NOTE: Before checking the coolant level, wait a few minutes until the coolant has settled.
  • Page 132: Chassis

    ADJUSTING THE FRONT BRAKE EASD0107 CHASSIS ADJUSTING THE FRONT BRAKE 1. Adjust: S brake lever position (distance a from the throttle grip to the brake lever) a. While pushing the brake lever forward, turn the adjusting dial 1 until the brake lever is in the desired position.

  • Page 133: Adjusting The Rear Brake

    ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE EAS00110 ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE 1. Check: S brake pedal position (distance a from the top of the rider footrest to the top of the brake pedal) Out of specification ! Adjust. Brake pedal position (below the top of the rider footrest) 32 mm 2.

  • Page 134: Checking The Brake Fluid Level

    ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE/ CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL 3. Adjust: S rear brake light switch Refer to “ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH”. EAS00115 CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. NOTE: S Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand. S Make sure the motorcycle is upright.

  • Page 135: Checking The Front And Rear Brake Pads

    CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL/ CHECKING THE FRONT AND REAR BRAKE PADS NOTE: In order to ensure a correct reading of the brake fluid level, make sure the top of the brake fluid reservoir is horizontal. EAS00122 CHECKING THE FRONT AND REAR BRAKE PADS The following procedure applies to all of the brake pads.

  • Page 136: Adjusting The Rear Brake Light Switch

    ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH/ CHECKING THE FRONT AND REAR BRAKE HOSES EAS00128 ADJUSTING THE REAR BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH NOTE: The rear brake light switch is operated by move- ment of the brake pedal. The rear brake light switch is properly adjusted when the brake light comes on just before the braking effect starts.

  • Page 137: Bleeding The Hydraulic Brake System

    BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM EAS00134 BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYS- WARNING Bleed the hydraulic brake system whenev- S the system is disassembled. S a brake hose is loosened, disconnected or replaced. S the brake fluid level is very low. S brake operation is faulty.

  • Page 138: Adjusting The Shift Pedal

    BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM/ ADJUSTING THE SHIFT PEDAL h. Tighten the bleed screw and then release the brake lever or brake pedal. i. Repeat steps (e) to (h) until all of the air bubbles have disappeared from the brake fluid in the plastic hose.

  • Page 139: Adjusting The Drive Chain Slack

    ADJUSTING THE DRIVE CHAIN SLACK EAS00140 ADJUSTING THE DRIVE CHAIN SLACK NOTE: The drive chain slack must be checked at the tightest point on the chain. CAUTION: A drive chain that is too tight will overload the engine and other vital parts, and one that is too loose can skip and damage the swin- garm or cause an accident.

  • Page 140: Lubricating The Drive Chain

    ADJUSTING THE DRIVE CHAIN SLACK/ LUBRICATING THE DRIVE CHAIN 4. Adjust: S drive chain slack a. Loosen the brake caliper bracket bolt 1 . b. Loosen the wheel axle nut 2 . c. Loosen locknuts 3 (left and right). d. Turn the each side adjusting bolts 4 in direc- tion a or b until the specified drive chain slack is obtained.

  • Page 141: Checking And Adjusting The Steering Head

    CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE STEERING HEAD EAS00146 CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE STEER- ING HEAD 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. NOTE: Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand so that the front wheel is elevated.

  • Page 142
    CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE STEERING HEAD 4. Adjust: S steering head a. Remove the lock washer 1 , the upper ring nut 2 , and the rubber washer 3 . b. Loosen the lower ring nut 4 and then tighten it to specification with a steering nut wrench NOTE: Set the torque wrench at a right angle to the…
  • Page 143
    CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE STEERING HEAD 5. Install: S upper bracket 26 Nm (2.6 mSkg) S steering stem nut 113 Nm (11.3 mSkg) S handlebar 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) 6. Measure: S steering head tension NOTE: Make sure all of the cables and wires are prop- erly routed.
  • Page 144: Checking The Front Fork

    CHECKING THE FRONT FORK/ ADJUSTING THE FRONT FORK LEGS EAS00149 CHECKING THE FRONT FORK 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. 2. Check: S inner tube 1 Damage/scratches ! Replace.

  • Page 145
    ADJUSTING THE FRONT FORK LEGS 1. Adjust: S spring preload a. Turn the adjusting bolt 1 in direction a or Spring preload is Direction increased (suspension is harder). Spring preload is Direction decreased (suspension is softer). Adjusting positions Minimum: 8 Standard: 7 Maximum: 1 Rebound damping…
  • Page 146: Adjusting The Rear Shock Absorber Assembly

    ADJUSTING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY EAS00158 ADJUSTING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. Spring preload CAUTION: Never go beyond the maximum or minimum adjustment positions. 1.

  • Page 147
    ADJUSTING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY Rebound damping CAUTION: Never go beyond the maximum or minimum adjustment positions. 1. Adjust: S rebound damping a. Turn the adjusting knob 1 in direction a or Rebound damping is Direction increased (suspension is harder).
  • Page 148: Checking The Tires

    CHECKING THE TIRES EAS00166 CHECKING THE TIRES The following procedure applies to both of the tires. 1. Check: S tire pressure Out of specification ! Regulate. WARNING S The tire pressure should only be checked and regulated when the tire temperature equals the ambient air temperature.

  • Page 149
    Ltd. for this model. The front and rear tires should always be by the same manufactur- er and of the same design. No guarantee concerning handling characteristics can be given if a tire combination other than one approved by Yamaha is used on this motorcycle. 3-60…
  • Page 150: Checking The Wheels

    CHECKING THE TIRES/ CHECKING THE WHEELS Front tire Manufacturer Size Model 120/70ZR18 DUNLOP D220FSTJ M/C (59W) 120/70ZR18 MEZ4J METZELER M/C (59W) Front BRIDGE- 120/70ZR18 BT020F STONE M/C (59W) MTR23 120/70ZR18 DRAGON PIRELLI M/C (59W) Front Rear tire Manufacturer Size Model 160/60ZR17 DUNLOP D220STJ…

  • Page 151: Checking And Lubricating The Cables

    CHECKING AND LUBRICATING THE CABLES/ LUBRICATING THE LEVERS AND PEDALS/ LUBRICATING THE SIDESTAND/LUBRICATING THE REAR SUSPENSION EAS00170 CHECKING LUBRICATING CABLES The following procedure applies to all of the in- ner and outer cables. WARNING Damaged outer cable may cause the cable to corrode and interfere with its movement.

  • Page 152: Electrical System

    CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY EAS00178 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY WARNING Batteries generate explosive hydrogen gas and contain electrolyte which is made of poi- sonous and highly caustic sulfuric acid. Therefore, always follow these preventive measures: S Wear protective eye gear when handling or working near batteries.

  • Page 153
    CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY NOTE: Since MF batteries are sealed, it is not possible to check the charge state of the battery by mea- suring the specific gravity of the electrolyte. Therefore, the charge of the battery has to be checked by measuring the voltage at the battery terminals.
  • Page 154
    CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY 5. Charge: Charging S battery Ambient temperature 20_C (refer to the appropriate charging method il- lustration) WARNING Do not quick charge a battery. Time (minutes) Check the open-circuit CAUTION: voltage. S Never remove the MF battery sealing caps. S Do not use a high-rate battery charger Ambient since it forces a high-amperage current…
  • Page 155
    CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY Charging method using a variable voltage charger Measure the open-circuit NOTE: voltage prior to charging. Voltage should be measured 30 minutes after the machine is stopped. Connect a charged and NOTE: AMP meter to the battery Set the charging voltage at 16 X 17 V.
  • Page 156
    CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY Charging method using a constant voltage charger Measure the open-circuit NOTE: voltage prior to charging. Voltage should be measured 30 minutes after the machine is stopped. Connect a charger and AMP meter to the battery and start charging.
  • Page 157: Checking The Fuses

    CHECKING AND CHARGING THE BATTERY/ CHECKING THE FUSES 6. Install: S battery 7. Connect: S battery leads (to the battery terminals) CAUTION: First, connect the positive battery lead 1 , and then the negative battery lead 2 . 8. Check: S battery terminals Dirt ! Clean with a wire brush.

  • Page 158
    CHECKING THE FUSES Pocket tester 90890-03132 b. If the pocket tester indicates “∞”, replace the fuse. 3. Replace: S blown fuse a. Set the main switch to “OFF”. b. Install a new fuse of the correct amperage rating. c. Set on the switches to verify if the electrical circuit is operational.
  • Page 159: Replacing The Headlight Bulbs

    REPLACING THE HEADLIGHT BULBS EAS00183 REPLACING THE HEADLIGHT BULBS The following procedure applies to both of the headlight bulbs. 1. Disconnect: S headlight coupler 1 2. Remove: S headlight bulb holder cover 2 3. Remove: S headlight bulb holder 1 4.

  • Page 160: Adjusting The Headlight Beams

    ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT BEAMS EAS00185 ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT BEAMS 1. Adjust: S headlight beam (vertically) a. To adjust the height of headlight, use the No.2 Phillips screwdriver 1 and then adjust the headlight height by inserting it from the downside. b.

  • Page 163: Chas

    CHAS CHAPTER 4 CHASSIS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS ……FRONT WHEEL ……….REMOVING THE FRONT WHEEL .

  • Page 164
    CHAS FRONT FORK ……….4-44 REMOVING THE FRONT FORK LEGS .
  • Page 165: Front Wheel And Brake Discs

    CHAS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS EAS00514 CHASSIS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) 72 Nm (7.2 mSkg) 20 Nm (2.0 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) Order Job/Part…

  • Page 166: Front Wheel

    CHAS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS EAS00518 FRONT WHEEL Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the front wheel Disassembly the parts in the order listed. Oil seal Bearing Collar For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.

  • Page 167: Removing The Front Wheel

    CHAS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS EAS00521 REMOVING THE FRONT WHEEL 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. NOTE: Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand so that the front wheel is elevated.

  • Page 168: Checking The Front Wheel

    CHAS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS EAS00525 CHECKING THE FRONT WHEEL 1. Check: S wheel axle Roll the wheel axle on a flat surface. Bends ! Replace. WARNING Do not attempt to straighten a bent wheel axle. 2. Check: S tire Refer to “CHECKING THE TIRES”…

  • Page 169: Checking The Brake Discs

    CHAS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS EAS00531 CHECKING THE BRAKE DISCS The following procedure applies to all of the brake discs. 1. Check: S brake disc Damage/galling ! Replace. 2. Measure: S brake disc deflection Out of specification ! Correct the brake disc deflection or replace the brake disc.

  • Page 170: Adjusting The Front Wheel Static Balance

    CHAS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS d. Measure the brake disc deflection. e. If out of specification, repeat the adjustment steps until the brake disc deflection is within specification. f. If the brake disc deflection cannot be brought within specification, replace the brake disc. EAS00549 ADJUSTING THE FRONT WHEEL STATIC BALANCE…

  • Page 171: Disassembling The Front Wheel

    CHAS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS 3. Adjust: S front wheel static balance a. Install a balancing weight 1 onto the rim ex- actly opposite the heavy spot “X”. NOTE: Start with the lightest weight. b. Turn the front wheel 90_ so that the heavy spot is positioned as shown.

  • Page 172: Assembling The Front Wheel

    CHAS FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS EAS00539 ASSEMBLING THE FRONT WHEEL 1. Install: S wheel bearings S oil seals a. Install the new wheel bearings and oil seals in the reverse order of disassembly. CAUTION: Do not contact the wheel bearing inner race 1 or balls 2 .

  • Page 173: Rear Wheel, Brake Disc And Rear Wheel Sprocket

    REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC CHAS AND REAR WHEEL SPROCKET EAS00550 REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC AND REAR WHEEL SPROCKET REAR WHEEL 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) 27 Nm (2.7 mSkg) 150 Nm (15.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the rear wheel Remove the parts in the order listed.

  • Page 174
    REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC CHAS AND REAR WHEEL SPROCKET 20 Nm (2.0 mSkg) 69 Nm (6.9 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the brake disc and rear wheel sprocket Collar Rear wheel sprocket Oil seal Bearing Rear wheel drive hub Collar Damper Rear brake disc…
  • Page 175
    REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC CHAS AND REAR WHEEL SPROCKET EAS00560 Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the rear wheel Disassembly the parts in the order listed. Bearing Oil seal Spacer For installation, reverse the disassembly procedure. 4-11…
  • Page 176: Removing The Rear Wheel

    REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC CHAS AND REAR WHEEL SPROCKET EAS00561 REMOVING THE REAR WHEEL 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. NOTE: Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand so that the rear wheel is elevated.

  • Page 177: Checking The Rear Wheel Drive Hub

    REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC CHAS AND REAR WHEEL SPROCKET 2. Check: S tire Refer to “CHECKING THE TIRES” in chap- ter3. S rear wheel Damage/wear ! Replace. 3. Measure: S radial wheel runout S lateral wheel runout Refer “CHECKING FRONT WHEEL”.

  • Page 178: Installing The Rear Wheel

    REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC, CHAS AND REAR WHEEL SPROCKET EAS00572 INSTALLING THE REAR WHEEL 1. Lubricate: S wheel axle S wheel bearings S oil seal lips Recommended lubricant Lithium-soap-based grease 2. Install: S rear wheel drive hub damper S rear wheel drive hub S left collar 3.

  • Page 179: Adjusting The Rear Wheel Static Balance

    REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC, CHAS AND REAR WHEEL SPROCKET EAS00575 ADJUSTING THE REAR WHEEL STATIC BALANCE NOTE: S After replacing the tire, wheel or both, the rear wheel static balance should be adjusted. S Adjust the rear wheel static balance with the brake disc and rear wheel drive hub installed.

  • Page 180: Front And Rear Brakes

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00577 FRONT AND REAR BRAKES FRONT BRAKE PADS 6 Nm (0.6 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the front brake pads Remove the parts in the order listed. Brake caliper bolt Brake pad clip Brake pad pin Brake pad spring…

  • Page 181: Rear Brake Pads

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES REAR BRAKE PADS 6 Nm (0.6 mSkg) 27 Nm (2.7 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the rear brake pads. Remove the parts in the order listed. Rear brake caliper Brake pad Brake pad shim Bleed screw For installation, reverse the removal procedure.

  • Page 182: Replacing The Front Brake Pads

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00579 CAUTION: Disc brake components rarely require dis- assembly. Therefore, always follow these preventive measures: S Never disassemble brake components un- less absolutely necessary. S If any connection on the hydraulic brake system is disconnected, the entire brake system must be disassembled, drained, cleaned, properly filled, and bled after reas- sembly.

  • Page 183
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES 2. Remove: S brake pad clips 1 S brake pad pin 2 S brake pad spring 3 S brake pads (along with the brake pad shims) 3. Measure: S brake pad wear limit a Out of specification ! Replace the brake pads as a set.
  • Page 184
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES 5. Install: S brake pad spring 1 S brake pad pin 2 S brake pad clips 3 S brake caliper 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) 6. Check: S brake fluid level Below the minimum level mark a ! Add the recommended brake fluid to the proper level.
  • Page 185: Replacing The Rear Brake Pads

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00583 REPLACING THE REAR BRAKE PADS NOTE: When replacing the brake pads, it is not neces- sary to disconnect the brake hose or disas- semble the brake caliper. 1. Remove: S brake caliper 1 S brake caliper bolts 2 2.

  • Page 186
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES d. Install a new brake pad shim onto each new brake pad. 5. Lubricate: S brake caliper bolt Recomended lubricant Lithium-sope-based grease 6. Install: S brake caliper 1 S brake caliper bolts 2 27 Nm (2.7 mSkg) 7.
  • Page 187: Front Brake Master Cylinder

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00584 FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 30 Nm (3.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the front brake master Remove the parts in the order listed. cylinder Brake fluid Drain. Brake lever Front brake light switch lead coupler Disconnect.

  • Page 188: Disassembling The Front Brake Master Cylinder

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00585 Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the front brake Disassembly the parts in the order listed. master cylinder Dust boot Circlip Master cylinder kit Spring Master cylinder body For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure. 4-24…

  • Page 189
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00586 REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER 30 Nm (3.0 mSkg) 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the rear brake master Remove the parts in the order listed. cylinder Brake fluid Drain. Brake fluid reservoir cap Rear brake fluid reservoir diaphragm holder Rear brake fluid reservoir diaphragm…
  • Page 190
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00587 Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the rear brake master Disassemble the parts in the order listed. cylinder Dust boot Circlip Master cylinder kit Spring Master cylinder body For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure. 4-26…
  • Page 191: Disassembling The Rear Brake Master Cylinder

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00588 DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER NOTE: Before disassembling the front brake master cylinder, drain the brake fluid from the entire brake system. 1. Disconnect: S brake switch coupler (from the brake switch) 2. Remove: S union bolt 1 S copper washers 2 S brake hose 3…

  • Page 192: Checking The Front And Rear Brake Master Cylinders

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00592 CHECKING THE FRONT AND REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDERS The following procedure applies to the both of the brake master cylinders. 1. Check: S brake master cylinder 1 Damage/scratches/wear ! Replace. S brake fluid delivery passages (brake master cylinder body) Obstruction ! Blow out with compressed air.

  • Page 193: Assemblying And Installing The Front Brake Master Cylinder

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00598 ASSEMBLING INSTALLING FRONT BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER WARNING Before installation, all internal brake com- ponents should be cleaned and lubricated with clean or new brake fluid. Never use solvents on internal brake com- ponents. Recommended brake fluid DOT 4 1.

  • Page 194
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES 3. Install: S front brake lever 4. Connect: S brake switch coupler (to the brake switch) 5. Fill: S brake master cylinder reservoir (with the specified amount of the recom- mended brake fluid) Recommended brake fluid DOT 4 WARNING S Use only the designated brake fluid.
  • Page 195: Assembling The Rear Brake Master Cylinder

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00608 ASSEMBLING THE REAR BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER 1. Install: S master cylinder kit S circlip 2. Install: S rear brake master cylinder assembly 3. Install: S pin (to the brake pedal link) 4. Connect: S brake fluid reservoir hose 5.

  • Page 196
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES CAUTION: Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean up any spilt brake fluid immediately. 3. Bleed: S brake system Refer to “BLEEDING THE HYDRAULIC BRAKE SYSTEM” in chapter 3. 4. Check: S brake fluid level Below the minimum level mark a ! Add the recommended brake fluid to the proper level.
  • Page 197: Front Brake Calipers

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00613 FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS 30 Nm (3.0 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the front brake calipers Remove the parts in the order listed. The following procedure applies to both of the front brake calipers.

  • Page 198
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00615 6 Nm (0.6 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the front brake Disassemble the parts in the order listed. calipers The following procedure applies to both of the front brake calipers. Brake pad clip Brake pad pin Brake pad spring Brake pad…
  • Page 199: Rear Brake Caliper

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00616 REAR BRAKE CALIPER 30 Nm (3.0 mSkg) 27 Nm (2.7 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the rear brake caliper Remove the parts in the order listed. Brake fluid Drain. Union bolt Copper washer Brake hose Brake caliper For installation, reverse the removal…

  • Page 200
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00617 6 Nm (0.6 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the rear brake caliper Disassemble the parts in the order listed. Brake pad Shim Brake pad spring Brake caliper piston Brake caliper piston seal kit Bleed screw For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
  • Page 201: Disassembling The Front Brake Calipers

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00625 DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS The following procedure applies to both of the brake calipers. NOTE: Before disassembling the brake caliper, drain the brake fluid from the entire brake system. 1. Remove: S brake caliper bolts S union bolt 1 S copper washers 2 S brake hose 3…

  • Page 202: Disassembling The Rear Brake Caliper

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00626 DISASSEMBLING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER NOTE: Before disassembling the brake caliper, drain the brake fluid from the entire brake system. 1. Remove: S brake caliper bolts 1 S union bolt 2 S copper washers 3 S brake hose S brake caliper NOTE:…

  • Page 203: Checking The Front And Rear Brake Calipers

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00633 CHECKING THE FRONT AND REAR BRAKE CALIPERS Recommended brake component replacement schedule Brake pads If necessary Piston seals Every two years Brake hoses Every four years Every two years and whenever the Brake fluid brake is disas- sembled 1.

  • Page 204: Assembling And Installing The Front Brake Calipers

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00638 ASSEMBLING INSTALLING FRONT BRAKE CALIPERS The following procedure applies to both of the brake calipers. WARNING S Before installation, all internal brake com- ponents should be cleaned and lubricated with clean or new brake fluid. S Never use solvents on internal brake com- ponents as they will cause the piston seals to swell and distort.

  • Page 205
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES 4. Fill: S brake master cylinder reservoir (with the specified amount of the recom- mended brake fluid) Recommended brake fluid DOT 4 WARNING S Use only the designated brake fluid. Other brake fluids may cause the rubber seals to deteriorate, causing leakage and poor brake performance.
  • Page 206: Assembling And Installing The Rear Brake Caliper

    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES EAS00642 ASSEMBLING AND INSTALLING THE REAR BRAKE CALIPER WARNING S Before installation, all internal brake com- ponents should be cleaned and lubricated with clean or new brake fluid. S Never use solvents on internal brake com- ponents as they will cause the piston seals to swell and distort.

  • Page 207
    CHAS FRONT AND REAR BRAKES 5. Fill: S brake fluid reservoir (with the specified amount of the recom- mended brake fluid) Recommended brake fluid DOT 4 WARNING S Use only the designated brake fluid. Other brake fluids may cause the rubber seals to deteriorate, causing leakage and poor brake performance.
  • Page 208: Front Fork

    CHAS FRONT FORK EAS00647 FRONT FORK 26 Nm (2.6 mSkg) 28 Nm (2.8 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 6 Nm (0.6 mSkg) 6 Nm (0.6 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the front fork legs Remove the parts in the order listed. Front wheel Refer to “FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS”.

  • Page 209
    CHAS FRONT FORK EAS00648 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) 30 Nm (3.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the front fork legs Disassembly the parts in the order listed. Cap bolt O-ring Washer Spacer Washer Fork spring Damper rod bolt Dust seal Oil seal clip Oil seal Washer…
  • Page 210
    CHAS FRONT FORK 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) 30 Nm (3.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Oil lock piece Outer tube bushing Outer tube For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure. 4-46…
  • Page 211: Removing The Front Fork Legs

    CHAS FRONT FORK EAS00651 REMOVING THE FRONT FORK LEGS The following procedure applies to both of the front fork legs. 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. NOTE: Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand so that the front wheel is elevated.

  • Page 212: Disassembling The Front Fork Legs

    CHAS FRONT FORK EAS00655 DISASSEMBLING THE FRONT FORK LEGS The following procedure applies to both of the front fork legs. 1. Remove: S cap bolt S washers S spacer S spring 2. Drain: S fork oil 3. Remove: S dust seal 1 S oil seal clip 2 (with a flat-head screwdriver) CAUTION:…

  • Page 213: Checking The Front Fork Legs

    CHAS FRONT FORK EAS00657 CHECKING THE FRONT FORK LEGS The following procedure applies to both of the front fork legs. 1. Check: S inner tube 1 S outer tube 2 Bends/damage/scratches ! Replace. WARNING Do not attempt to straighten a bent inner tube as this may dangerously weaken it.

  • Page 214: Assembling The Front Fork Legs

    Be careful not to dam- age the inner tube. 2. Lubricate: S inner tube’s outer surface Recommended lubricant Yamaha fork and shock oil 5W or equivalent 3. Tighten: S damper rod assembly bolt 1 …

  • Page 215
    CHAS FRONT FORK NOTE: While holding the damper rod assembly with the damper rod holder 1 and T-handle 2 , tighten the damper rod assembly bolt. Damper rod holder (29 mm) 90890-01375 T-handle 90890-01326 4. Install: S outer tube bushing 1 (with the fork seal driver weight 2 and fork seal driver attachment 3 ) Fork seal driver weight…
  • Page 216
    (with the specified amount of the recom- mended fork oil) Quantity (each front fork leg) 0.507 L Recommended oil Yamaha fork and shock oil 10W or equivalent CAUTION: S Be sure to use the recommended fork oil. Other oils may have an adverse effect on front fork performance.
  • Page 217
    CHAS FRONT FORK 11. Measure: S front fork leg oil level a Out of specification ! Correct. Front fork leg oil level (from the top of the inner tube, with the inner tube fully compressed, and without the spring) 133 mm 12.
  • Page 218: Installing The Front Fork Legs

    CHAS FRONT FORK EAS00662 INSTALLING THE FRONT FORK LEGS The following procedure applies to both of the front fork legs. 1. Install: S front fork leg Temporarily tighten the upper and lower bracket pinch bolts. NOTE: Make sure the inner fork tube is flush with the top of the handlebar holder.

  • Page 219: Handlebar

    CHAS HANDLEBAR EAS00664 HANDLEBAR 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) 26 Nm (2.6 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 26 Nm (2.6 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the handlebar Remove the parts in the order listed. Band Clutch cable Clutch switch lead coupler Disconnect.

  • Page 220
    CHAS HANDLEBAR 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) 26 Nm (2.6 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 26 Nm (2.6 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Upper handlebar holder Handlebar Rear view mirror For installation, reverse the removal procedure. 4-56…
  • Page 221: Removing The Handlebar

    CHAS HANDLEBAR EAS00666 REMOVING THE HANDLEBAR 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. 2. Remove: S throttle cable housing 1 S throttle grip 2 NOTE: While removing the throttle cable housing, pull back the rubber cover 3 .

  • Page 222: Checking The Handlebar

    CHAS HANDLEBAR EAS00668 CHECKING THE HANDLEBAR 1. Check: S handlebar 1 Bends/cracks/damage ! Replace. WARNING Do not attempt to straighten a bent handle- bar as this may dangerously weaken it. 2. Install: S handlebar grip a. Apply a thin coat of rubber adhesive onto the left end of the handlebar.

  • Page 223: Installing The Handlebar

    CHAS HANDLEBAR EAS00670 INSTALLING THE HANDLEBAR 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. 2. Install: S handlebar 1 S upper handlebar holders 2 23 Nm (2.3 mSkg) CAUTION: S First, tighten the bolts on the front side of the handlebar holder, and then on the rear…

  • Page 224
    CHAS HANDLEBAR 5. Install: S clutch cable 6. Connect: S clutch switch coupler NOTE: Lubricate the end of the clutch cable with a thin coat of lithium-soap-based grease. 7. Adjust: S clutch cable free play Refer to “ADJUSTING THE CLUTCH CABLE FREE PLAY”…
  • Page 225
    CHAS STEERING HEAD EAS00676 STEERING HEAD 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 52 Nm (5.2 mSkg) 15 Nm (1.5 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the lower bracket Remove the parts in the order listed. Front wheel Refer to “FRONT WHEEL AND BRAKE DISCS”.
  • Page 226
    CHAS STEERING HEAD 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 52 Nm (5.2 mSkg) 15 Nm (1.5 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Rubber washer Lower ring nut Lower bracket Bearing cover Bearing inner race Upper bearing Lower bearing Bearing outer race Dust seal…
  • Page 227: Steering Head

    CHAS STEERING HEAD EAS00679 REMOVING THE LOWER BRACKET 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. 2. Remove S steering stem nut 3. Remove: S upper ring nut S lower ring nut 1 (with the special tool 2 ) Steering nut wrench 90890-01403…

  • Page 228: Checking The Steering Head

    CHAS STEERING HEAD EAS00682 CHECKING THE STEERING HEAD 1. Wash: S bearings (upper and lower) S bearing races Recommended cleaning solvent Kerosene 2. Check: S bearinsgs 1 S bearing races 2 Damage/pitting ! Replace. 3. Replace: S bearings S bearing races a.

  • Page 229: Installing The Steering Head

    CHAS STEERING HEAD EAS00683 INSTALLING THE STEERING HEAD 1. Lubricate: S upper bearing S lower bearing S bearing races Recommended lubricant Lithium-soap-based grease 2. Install: S lower ring nut 1 S rubber washer 2 S upper ring nut 3 S lock washer 4 Refer to “CHECKING THE STEERING HEAD”…

  • Page 230: Rear Shock Absorber Assembly

    CHAS REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY EAS00685 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY 44 Nm (4.4 mSkg) 52 Nm (5.2 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) 49 Nm (4.9 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the rear shock absorber Remove the parts in the order listed. assembly Seat Refer to “SEAT”…

  • Page 231
    CHAS REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY 44 Nm (4.4 mSkg) 52 Nm (5.2 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) 49 Nm (4.9 mSkg) 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Collar Connecting arm Relay arm For installation, reverse the removal procedure. 4-67…
  • Page 232: Handling The Rear Shock Absorber And Gas Cylinder

    CHAS REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY EAS00687 HANDLING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER AND GAS CYLINDER WARNING This rear shock absorber and gas cylinder contain highly compressed nitrogen gas. Before handling the rear shock absorber or gas cylinder, read and make sure you under- stand following information.

  • Page 233: Removing The Rear Chock Absorber Assembly

    CHAS REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY EAS00694 REMOVING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. NOTE: Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand so that the rear wheel is elevated.

  • Page 234: Checking The Rear Shock Absorber Assembly And Gas Cylinder

    CHAS REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY EAS00696 CHECKING THE REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY AND GAS CYLINDER 1. Check: S rear shock absorber rod Bends/damage ! Replace the rear shock absorber assembly. S rear shock absorber Gas leaks/oil leaks ! Replace the rear shock absorber assembly.

  • Page 235
    CHAS REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ASSEMBLY 3. Tighten: S rear shock absorber assembly upper nut 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) S rear shock absorber assembly lower nut 1 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) S connecting arm nut 2 40 Nm (4.0 mSkg) S rear shock absorber upper bracket nut 52 Nm (5.2 mSkg) 4.
  • Page 236: Swingarm And Drive Chain

    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN EAS00700 SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN 95 Nm (9.5 mSkg) 5 Nm (0.5 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the swingarm and drive Remove the parts in the order listed. chain Rear wheel Refer to “REAR WHEEL, BRAKE DISC,…

  • Page 237
    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN 95 Nm (9.5 mSkg) 5 Nm (0.5 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Bearing Collar Oil seal Washer Spacer Rear fender Chain protector Pivot shaft adjusting bolt Drive chain For installation, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 238: Removing The Swingarm

    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN EAS00703 REMOVING THE SWINGARM 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. NOTE: Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand so that the rear wheel is elevated.

  • Page 239: Removing The Drive Chain

    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN EAS00706 REMOVING THE DRIVE CHAIN 1. Stand the motorcycle on a level surface. WARNING Securely support the motorcycle so that there is no danger of it falling over. NOTE: Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand so that the rear wheel is elevated.

  • Page 240: Disassembling The Swingarm

    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN DISASSEMBLING THE SWINGARM 1. Remove: S dust covers 1 S spacer 2 S oil seals 3 S bearings 4 2. Check: S oil seals 3 Damage/wear ! Replace. S bearings 4 Damage/pitting ! Replace. CHECKING THE CONECTING ARM AND RELAY ARMS 1.

  • Page 241: Checking The Drive Chain

    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN EAS00709 CHECKING THE DRIVE CHAIN 1. Measure: S ten-link section a of the drive chain Out of specification ! Replace the drive chain. Ten-link drive chain section limit (maximum) 150.1 mm NOTE: S While measuring the ten-link section, push down on the drive chain to increase its tension.

  • Page 242
    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN 4. Check: S O-rings 1 Damage ! Replace the drive chain, drive sprocket and rear wheel sprocket as a set. S drive chain rollers 2 Damage/wear ! Replace the drive chain, drive sprocket and rear wheel sprocket as a set.
  • Page 243: Installing The Swingarm

    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN EAS00711 INSTALLING THE SWINGARM 1. Lubricate: S bearings S spacers S dust covers S pivot shaft Recommended lubricant Molybdenum disulfide grease 2. Lubricate: S drive chain Recommended lubricant Engine oil or chain lubricant suitable for O-ring chains 3.

  • Page 244
    CHAS SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN 8. Install: S drive sprocket 1 S washer 2 S drive sprocket nut 3 85 Nm (8.5 mSkg) S drive chain guide 4 NOTE: While applying the rear brake, tighten the drive sprocket nut. 9. Bend the lock washer tab a along a flat side of the nut.
  • Page 246: Eng

    CHAPTER 5 ENGINE ENGINE …………EXHAUST PIPES .

  • Page 247
    CHECKING THE PRESSURE PLATE ……5-47 CHECKING THE PULL LEVER SHAFT AND PULL ROD ..5-48 CHECKING THE PRIMARY DRIVE .
  • Page 248
    INSTALLING THE CONNECTING RODS ….. . 5-80 INSTALLING THE CRANKSHAFT ……5-82 ASSEMBLING THE CRANKCASE .
  • Page 250: Engine

    ENGINE EAS00188 ENGINE ENGINE EXHAUST PIPES * Anti-seize lubricart (high-temparature grade) 24 Nm (2.4 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 20 Nm (2.0 mSkg) 24 Nm (2.4 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the exhaust pipes Remove the parts in the order listed. CAUTION: First, disconnect the negative battery lead, and then the positive battery lead.

  • Page 251: Drive Sprocket

    ENGINE DRIVE SPROCKET 12 NM (1.2 mSkg) 85 Nm (8.5 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 20 Nm (2.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the drive sprocket Remove the parts in the order listed. Drive sprocket cover Shift arm Shift rod Cover 1 Speed sensor rotor Cover 2…

  • Page 252: Leads And Hoses

    ENGINE EAS00190 LEADS AND HOSES Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the leads and hoses Remove the parts in the order listed. Seat Side cover Refer to “SEAT”, “FUEL TANK”, “AIR Side cowlings FILTER CASE” in chapter 3. Fuel tank Air filter case Throttle body Refer to “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”…

  • Page 253
    ENGINE Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Neutral switch lead coupler Disconnect. Generator lead coupler Disconnect. Throttle body sub-wire harness coupler Disconnect. Speed sensor lead Disconnect. For installation, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 254
    ENGINE EAS00191 ENGINE 45 Nm (4.5 mSkg) 55 Nm (5.5 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 26 Nm (2.6 mSkg) 26 Nm (2.6 mSkg) 45 Nm (4.5 mSkg) 30 Nm (3.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the engine Remove the parts in the order listed. NOTE: Place a suitable stand under the frame and engine.
  • Page 255: Installing The Engine

    ENGINE EAS00192 INSTALLING THE ENGINE 1. Install: S collars 1 S adjusting bolt 2 S engine mounting nut (rear lower) 3 S engine mounting nut (rear upper) 4 S engine mounting bolts (front) 5 S pinch bolts 6 S engine bracket bolts 7 NOTE: S Lubricate the rear mounting bolt threads with lithium soap base grease.

  • Page 256: Camshaft

    CAMSHAFT EAS00194 CAMSHAFT CYLINDER HEAD COVER 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 4 Nm (0.4 mSkg) 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the cylinder head cover Remove the parts in the order listed. Seat Refer to “SEAT” in chapter 3. Side cowlings Refer to “FRONT COWLINGS”…

  • Page 257: Camshafts

    CAMSHAFT EAS00196 CAMSHAFTS 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 24 Nm (2.4 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the camshafts Remove the parts in the order listed. Spark plug Timing chain tensioner/Gascket Camshaft cap Dowel pin Intake camshaft…

  • Page 258: Removing The Camshafts

    CAMSHAFT EAS00199 REMOVING THE CAMSHAFTS 1. Remove: S cylinder head cover 2. Align: S “T” mark on the generator rotor a (with the stationary pointer on the generator cover b ) a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise. b. When piston #1 is at TDC on the compres- sion stroke, align the “T”…

  • Page 259
    CAMSHAFT CAUTION: To prevent damage to the cylinder head, camshafts or camshaft caps, loosen the camshaft cap bolts in stages and in a criss- cross pattern, working from the outside in. 7. Remove: S intake camshaft 1 S exhaust camshaft 2 S timing chain guide (exhaust side) NOTE: To prevent the timing chain from falling into the…
  • Page 260: Checking The Camshafts

    CAMSHAFT EAS00204 CHECKING THE CAMSHAFTS 1. Check: S camshaft lobes Blue discoloration/pitting/scratches ! Re- place the camshaft. 2. Measure: S camshaft lobe dimensions a and b Out of specification ! Replace the cam- shaft. Camshaft lobe dimension limit Intake camshaft a 35.60 mm b 27.85 mm Exhaust camshaft…

  • Page 261
    CAMSHAFT a. Install the camshaft into the cylinder head (without the dowel pins and camshaft caps).  b. Position strip of Plastigauge 1 onto the camshaft journal as shown. c. Install the dowel pins and camshaft caps. NOTE: S Tighten the camshaft cap bolts in stages and in a crisscross pattern, working from the inner caps out.
  • Page 262: Checking The Camshaft Sprockets And Timing Chain Guides

    CAMSHAFT EAS00208 CHECKING CAMSHAFT SPROCKETS, AND TIMING CHAIN GUIDES The following procedure applies to all of the camshaft sprockets and timing chain guides. 1. Check: S camshaft sprocket More than 1/4 tooth wear a ! Replace the camshaft sprockets and the timing chain as a set.

  • Page 263: Checking The Timing Chain Tensioner

    CAMSHAFT EAS00210 CHECKING THE TIMING CHAIN TENSIONER 1. Check: S timing chain tensioner Cracks/damage ! Replace. 2. Check: S one-way cam operation Rough movement ! Replace the timing chain tensioner assembly. a. Lightly press the timing chain tensioner rod into the timing chain tensioner housing by hand.

  • Page 264: Installing The Camshafts

    CAMSHAFT INSTALLING THE CAMSHAFTS 1. Align: S “T” mark on the generator rotor a (with the stationary pointer on the generator cover b ) a. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise. b. When piston #1 is at TDC, align the “T” mark a with the stationary pointer b on the gen- erator rotor.

  • Page 265
    CAMSHAFT 5. Install: S timing chain guide (exhaust side) NOTE: S When installing the timing chain guide, be sure to keep the timing chain as tight as possible on the exhaust side. S Make sure the match marks a are parallel with the edge of the cylinder head.
  • Page 266
    CAMSHAFT CAUTION: S Lubricate the camshaft cap botls with the engine oil. S The camshaft cap bolts must be tightened evenly or damage to the cylinder head, camshaft caps, and camshafts will result. S Do not turn the crankshaft when installing the camshaft to avoid damage or improper valve timing.
  • Page 267
    CAMSHAFT 10. Turn: S crankshaft (several full turns counterclockwise) 11. Check: S “T” mark a Make sure the “T” mark on the generator ro- tor is aligned with the stationary pointer b on the generator rotor cover. S camshaft punch mark c Make sure the punch marks on the cam- shafts are aligned with the embossed marks d on the camshaft cap.
  • Page 268: Cylinder Head

    CYLINDER HEAD EAS00221 CYLINDER HEAD 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Initial 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) Final 150_ 55 Nm (5.5 mSkg) 55 Nm (5.5 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the cylinder head Remove the parts in the order listed. Exhaust pipe, Muffler Refer to “EXHAUST PIPES”…

  • Page 269: Removing The Cylinder Head

    CYLINDER HEAD EAS00223 REMOVING THE CYLINDER HEAD 1. Remove: S cylinder head bolts S cylinder head nuts NOTE: S Loosen the nuts in the proper sequence as shown. S Loosen each nut 1/2 of a turn at a time. After all of the nuts are fully loosened, remove them.

  • Page 270: Installing The Cylinder Head

    CYLINDER HEAD EAS00233 INSTALLING THE CYLINDER HEAD 1. Install: S gasket S dowel pins 2 2. Install: S cylinder head NOTE: Pass the timing chain through the timing chain cavity. 3. Tighten: S cylinder head nuts 1 X 6 Initial 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) Final…

  • Page 271: Valves And Valve Springs

    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS EAS00236 VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the valves and valve Remove the parts in the order listed. springs Valve lifter Valve pad Valve cotter Upper valve spring seat Valve spring Valve spring seat Valve stem seal Exhaust valve Intake valve (center)

  • Page 272: Removing The Valves

    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS EAS00237 REMOVING THE VALVES The following procedure applies to all of the valves and related components. NOTE: Before removing the internal parts of the cylin- der head (e.g., valves, valve springs, valve seats), make sure the valves properly seal. 1.

  • Page 273: Checking The Valves And Valve Guides

    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS Valve spring compressor 90890-04019 Valve spring compressor attachment 90890-04108 4. Remove: S upper valve spring seat 1 S valve spring 2 S valve stem seal 3 S lower valve spring seat 4 S valve 5 NOTE: Identify the position of each part very carefully so that it can be reinstalled in its original place.

  • Page 274
    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS a. Remove the valve guide with the valve guide remover 1 . b. Install the new valve guide with the valve guide installer 2 and valve guide remover c. After installing the valve guide, bore the valve guide with the valve guide reamer 3 to obtain the proper valve-stem-to-valve-guide clearance.
  • Page 275: Checking The Valve Seats

    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS EAS00240 CHECKING THE VALVE SEATS The following procedure applies to all of the valves and valve seats. 1. Eliminate: S carbon deposits (from the valve face and valve seat) 2. Check: S valve seat Pitting/wear ! Replace the cylinder head. 3.

  • Page 276
    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS a. Apply a coarse lapping compound a to the valve face. CAUTION: Do not let the lapping compound enter the gap between the valve stem and the valve guide. b. Apply molybdenum disulfide oil onto the valve stem.
  • Page 277: Checking The Valve Springs

    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS EAS00241 CHECKING THE VALVE SPRINGS The following procedure applies to all of the valve springs. 1. Measure: S valve spring free length a Out of specification ! Replace the valve spring. Valve spring free length Intake and exhaust valve spring 37.3 mm <Limit>:35.4 mm 2.

  • Page 278
    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS EAS00242 CHECKING THE VALVE LIFTERS The following procedure applies to all of the valve lifters. 1. Check: S valve lifter Damage/scratches ! Replace the valve lift- ers and cylinder head. EAS00247 INSTALLING THE VALVES The following procedure applies to all of the valves and related components.
  • Page 279
    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS NOTE: S Make sure each valve is installed in its original place. Refer to the following embossed marks. Right and left intake valve(s): “3LD:” Middle intake valve(s): “3LD.” Exhaust valve(s): “5PS:” S Install the valve spring with the larger pitch a facing up.
  • Page 280
    VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS 6. Lubricate: S valve pad Recommended lubricant Molybdenum disulfide oil S valve lifter (with the recommended lubricant) Recommended lubricant Engien oil 7. Install: S valve pad S valve lifter NOTE: S The valve lifter must move smoothly when ro- tated with a finger.
  • Page 281: Cylinder And Pistons

    CYLINDER AND PISTONS EAS00252 CYLINDER AND PISTONS Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the cylinder and pistons Remove the parts in the order listed. Cylinder head Refer to “CYLINDER HEAD”. Cylinder Cylinder gascket Circlip Piston pin piston Piston ring set Dowel pin For installation, reverse the removal procedure.

  • Page 282: Removing The Cylinder And Pistons

    CYLINDER AND PISTONS EAS00254 REMOVING THE CYLINDER AND PISTONS The following procedure applies to all of the cyl- inders and pistons. 1. Remove: S piston pin clip 1 S piston pin 2 S piston 3 CAUTION: Do not use a hammer to drive the piston pin out.

  • Page 283: Checking The Cylinder And Pistons

    CYLINDER AND PISTONS EA262 CHECKING THE CYLINDER AND PISTONS The following procedure applies to all of the cyl- inders and pistons. 1. Check: S piston wall S cylinder wall Vertical scratches ! Replace the cylinder, and replace the piston and piston rings as a set.

  • Page 284
    CYLINDER AND PISTONS Piston-to-cylinder clearance 0.025 X 0.050 mm <Limit>: 0.11 mm f. If out of specification, replace the cylinder, and the piston and piston rings as a set. 5-35…
  • Page 285: Checking The Piston Rings

    CYLINDER AND PISTONS EAS00264 CHECKING THE PISTON RINGS 1. Measure: S piston ring side clearance Out of specification ! Replace the piston and piston rings as a set. NOTE: Before measuring the piston ring side clear- ance, eliminate any carbon deposits from the piston ring grooves and piston rings.

  • Page 286: Checking The Piston Pins

    CYLINDER AND PISTONS EAS00266 CHECKING THE PISTON PINS The following procedure applies to all of the pis- ton pins. 1. Check: S piston pin Blue discoloration/grooves ! Replace the piston pin and then check the lubrication sys- tem. 2. Measure: S piston pin outside diameter a Out of specification ! Replace the piston pin.

  • Page 287: Installing The Pistons And Cylinder

    CYLINDER AND PISTONS EAS00272 INSTALLING THE PISTONS AND CYLINDER The following procedure applies to all of the pis- tons and cylinders. 1. Install: S top ring S 2nd ring S lower oil ring rail S upper oil ring rail S oil ring expander NOTE: Be sure to install the piston rings so that the manufacturer’s marks or numbers face up.

  • Page 288
    CYLINDER AND PISTONS 5. Offset: S piston ring end gaps a Top ring b Lower oil ring rail c Upper oil ring rail d 2nd ring A Intake side 6. Install: S cylinder NOTE: S While compressing the piston rings with one hand, install the cylinder with the other hand.
  • Page 289: Clutch

    CLUTCH EAS00273 CLUTCH CLUTCH COVER 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the clutch cover Remove the parts in the order listed. Engine oil Drain Refer to “CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL” in chapter 3. Clutch cable Clutch cable stay Clutch cover NOTE: Loosen the bolts in a crisscross pattern.

  • Page 290: Pull Lever Shaft

    CLUTCH EB405010 PULL LEVER SHAFT Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the pull lever shaft Remove the parts in the order listed. Circlip Pull lever Pull lever spring Pull lever shaft Oil seal Bearing Washer For installation, reverse the removal procedure. 5-41…

  • Page 291
    CLUTCH EAS00274 CLUTCH 70 Nm (7.0 mSkg) 8 Nm (0.8 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the clutch Remove the parts in the order listed. Clutch spring Pressure plate Pull rod Friction plate 1 Clutch plate Friction plate 2 Lock washer Clutch boss Thrust plate Bearing…
  • Page 292
    CLUTCH 70 Nm (7.0 mSkg) 8 Nm (0.8 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Thrust plate 1 Thrust plate 2 For installation, reverse the removal procedure. 5-43…
  • Page 293: Removing The Clutch

    CLUTCH EAS00275 REMOVING THE CLUTCH 1. Straighten the lock washer tab. 2. Loosen: S clutch boss nut 1 NOTE: While holding the clutch boss 3 with the univer- sal clutch holder 4 , loosen the clutch boss nut. Universal clutch holder 90890-04086 3.

  • Page 294
    CLUTCH 3. Measure: S assembly width a Out of specification ! Adjust. Assembly width 42.5 X 43.7 mm a. Assembly width adjusted by clutch plate 1 and 2 . b. Select the clutch plate from the following table. Clutch plate 1 Part No.
  • Page 295: Checking The Clutch Plates

    CLUTCH EAS00281 CHECKING THE CLUTCH PLATES The following procedure applies to all of the clutch plates. 1. Check: S clutch plate Damage ! Replace the clutch plates as a set. 2. Measure: S clutch plate warpage (with a surface plate and thickness gauge 1 ) Out of specification ! Replace the clutch plates as a set.

  • Page 296: Checking The Clutch Housing

    CLUTCH EAS00284 CHECKING THE CLUTCH HOUSING 1. Check: S clutch housing dogs Damage/pitting/wear ! Deburr the clutch housing dogs or replace the clutch housing. NOTE: Pitting on the clutch housing dogs will cause er- ratic clutch operation. 2. Check: S bearing Damage/wear ! Replace the bearing and clutch housing.

  • Page 297: Checking The Pull Lever Shaft And Pull Rod

    CLUTCH EAS00287 CHECKING THE PULL LEVER SHAFT AND PULL ROD 1. Check: S pull lever shaft 1 S pull rod 2 Damage/wear ! Replace the pull rod and pull lever shaft pinion gear as a set. 2. Check: S pull rod bearing Damage/wear ! Replace.

  • Page 298: Installing The Clutch

    CLUTCH EAS00299 INSTALLING THE CLUTCH 1. Install: S clutch boss 1 S lock washer S clutch boss nut 3 2. Tighten: S clutch boss nut 70 Nm (7.0 mSkg) NOTE: While holding the clutch boss with the universal clutch holder 4 , tighten the clutch boss nut. Universal clutch holder 90890-04086 3.

  • Page 299
    CLUTCH 8. Install: S clutch springs S clutch spring bolts 8 Nm (0.8 mSkg) NOTE: Tighten the clutch spring bolts in stages and in a crisscross pattern. 9. Install: S dowel pins S gasket S clutch cover 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) NOTE: S When installing the clutch cover, push the pull lever and check that the punch mark a on the…
  • Page 300: Generator Rotor Cover

    SHIFT SHAFT EAS00326 SHIFT SHAFT GENERATOR ROTOR COVER 20 Nm (2.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the generator rotor cover Remove the parts in the order listed. Drive sprocket cover Shift arm Cover 1…

  • Page 301: Shift Shaft And Stopper Lever

    SHIFT SHAFT EAS00327 SHIFT SHAFT AND STOPPER LEVER 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 12 Nm (1.2 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the shift shaft and stopper Remove the parts in the order listed. lever Clutch Refer to “CLUTCH”. Shift arm Refer to “GENERATOR ROTOR COVER”.

  • Page 302
    SHIFT SHAFT EAS00328 CHECKING THE SHIFT SHAFT 1. Check: S shift shaft 1 S shift shaft pawl 2 Bends/damage/wear ! Replace. S shift lever spring 3 Damage/wear ! Replace. EAS00330 CHECKING THE STOPPER LEVER 1. Check: S stopper lever 1 Bends/damage ! Replace.
  • Page 303: Starter Clutch And Generator

    STARTER CLUTCH AND GENERATOR EAS00341 STARTER CLUTCH AND GENERATOR STATOR COIL ASSEMBLY 4 Nm (0.4 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the stator coil assembly Remove the parts in the order listed. Engine oil Drain Generator rotor cover…

  • Page 304: Starter Clutch And Generator Rotor

    STARTER CLUTCH AND GENERATOR EAS00343 STARTER CLUTCH AND GENERATOR ROTOR 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 130 Nm (13.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the starter clutch and Remove the parts in the order listed. generator rotor Generator rotor Idle gear shaft Starter motor idle gear Starter clutch Washer…

  • Page 305: Removing The Generator

    STARTER CLUTCH AND GENERATOR EAS00347 REMOVING THE GENERATOR 1. Remove: S generator rotor bolt 1 S washer NOTE: S While holding the generator rotor 2 with the sheave holder 3 , loosen the generator rotor bolt. S Do not allow the sheave holder to touch the projection on the generator rotor.

  • Page 306: Removing The Starter Clutch

    STARTER CLUTCH AND GENERATOR REMOVING THE STARTER CLUTCH 1. Remove: S starter clutch bolt 1 NOTE: S While holding the generator rotor with the sheave holder, remove the starter clutch bolt. S Do not allow the sheave holder to touch the projection on the generator rotor.

  • Page 307: Checking The Generator Shaft

    STARTER CLUTCH AND GENERATOR a. Install the starter clutch gear 1 onto the starter clutch 2 and hold the starter clutch. b. When turning the starter clutch gear clock- wise A , the starter clutch and the starter clutch gear should engage, otherwise the starter clutch is faulty and must be replaced.

  • Page 308: Installing The Starter Clutch

    STARTER CLUTCH AND GENERATOR EAS00352 INSTALLING THE STARTER CLUTCH 1. Install: S starter clutch 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) NOTE: S While holding the generator rotor 1 with the sheave holder, tighten the starter clutch bolt. S Do not allow the sheave holder to touch the projection on the generator rotor.

  • Page 309: Oil Pan And Oil Pump

    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00357 OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP OIL PUMP COVER AND OIL PUMP DRIVEN GEAR 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the oil pump cover and oil Remove the parts in the order listed. pump driven gear Engine oil Drain.

  • Page 310: Oil Pump

    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00359 OIL PUMP 6 Nm (0.6 mSkg) 6 Nm (0.6 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the oil pump Remove the parts in the order listed. Scavenge pump Gascket Dowel pin Feed pump Gascket For installation, reverse the removal procedure.

  • Page 311
    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00360 Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the oil pump Remove the parts in the order listed. Oil pump cover Oil pump housing Inner rotor Outer rotor Rotor shaft Dowel pin Stay For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
  • Page 312: Oil Hose And Oil Tank

    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00358 OIL HOSE AND OIL TANK Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the oil hose and oil tank Remove the parts in the order listed. Oil hose 1 O-ring Oil tank Union bolt Oil pipe Oil hose 2 Oil level switch coupler Disconnect.

  • Page 313: Oil Pan

    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00356 OIL PAN 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the oil pan Remove the parts in the order listed. Engine oil Drain. Oil hose Refer to “OIL HOSE”.

  • Page 314: Checking The Oil Pump

    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00364 CHECKING THE OIL PUMP 1. Check: S oil pump driven gear 1 S oil pump housing 2 S oil pump housing cover 3 Cracks/damage/wear ! Replace the de- fective part(s). 2. Measure: S inner-rotor-to-outer-rotor-tip clearance a S outer-rotor-to-oil-pump-housing clearance S oil-pump-housing-to-inner-rotor-and-outer-…

  • Page 315: Checking The Relief Valve

    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00365 CHECKING THE RELIEF VALVE 1. Check: S relief valve body 1 S relief valve 2 S spring 3 EAS00367 CHECKING THE OIL DELIVERY PIPES The following procedure applies to all of the oil delivery pipes. 1.

  • Page 316: Assembling The Oil Pump

    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00375 ASSEMBLING THE OIL PUMP 1. Lubricate: S inner rotor S outer rotor S oil pump shaft (with the recommended lubricant) Recommended lubricant Engine oil 2. Install: S oil pump shaft 1 (to the oil pump cover 2 ) S pin 3 S inner rotor 4 S outer rotor 5…

  • Page 317: Installing The Oil Strainer

    OIL PAN AND OIL PUMP EAS00378 INSTALLING THE OIL STRAINER 1. Install: S collar S O-ring S oil strainer 1 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) NOTE: The mark a on the oil strainer housing must point towards the front of the engine. EAS00380 INSTALLING THE OIL PAN 1.

  • Page 318: Crankshaft

    CRANKSHAFT CRANKSHAFT BALANCER SHAFT 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 12 Nm (1.2 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 12 Nm (1.2 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the balancer shaft Remove the parts in the order listed. Engine Refer to “ENGINE”. Oil tank Refer to “OIL TANK”.

  • Page 319
    CRANKSHAFT 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 12 Nm (1.2 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 12 Nm (1.2 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Rear balancer weight Front balancer holder Dowel pin Front balancer shaft/O-ring Front balancer weight Water pump drive gear For installation, reverse the removal procedure.
  • Page 320: Crankshaft Assembly

    CRANKSHAFT EAS00381 CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY Initial 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 20 Nm (2.0 mSkg) Final 12 Nm (1.2 mSkg) 24 Nm (2.4 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the crankshaft assembly Remove the parts in the order listed. Balancer weight Refer to “BALANCER”. Water pump Refer to “WATER PUMP”…

  • Page 321: Connecting Rod

    CRANKSHAFT EAS00382 CONNECTING ROD 62 Nm (6.2 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the connecting rod Remove the parts in the order listed. Connecting rod bolt Connecting rod Connecting rod cap Connecting rod bearing For installation, reverse the removal procedure. 5-72…

  • Page 322: Disassembling The Crankcase

    CRANKSHAFT EAS00384 DISASSEMBLING THE CRANKCASE 1. Remove: S cover plate S timing chain guide (intake) 2. Remove: S crankcase bolts NOTE: S Loosen each bolt 1/4 of a turn at a time, in stages and in a crisscross pattern. After all of the bolts are fully loosened, remove them.

  • Page 323: Removing The Crankshaft Assembly

    CRANKSHAFT EAS00387 REMOVING THE CRANKSHAFT ASSEMBLY 1. Remove: S crankshaft assembly 1 S crankshaft journal upper bearings (from the upper crankcase) NOTE: Identify the position of each crankshaft journal upper bearing so that it can be reinstalled in its original place. EAS00391 REMOVING THE CONNECTING RODS The following procedure applies to all of the…

  • Page 324: Checking The Crankshaft And Connecting Rods

    CRANKSHAFT EAS00395 CHECKING THE CRANKSHAFT AND CONNECTING RODS 1. Measure: S crankshaft runout Out of specification ! Replace the crank- shaft. Crankshaft runout Less than 0.03 mm 2. Check: S crankshaft journal surfaces S crankshaft pin surfaces S bearing surfaces Scratches/wear ! Replace the crankshaft.

  • Page 325
    CRANKSHAFT NOTE:  Do not put the Plastigauge over the oil hole in the crankshaft journal. e. Install the crankshaft journal lower bearings into the lower crankcase and assemble the crankcase halves. NOTE: S Align the projections of the crankshaft journal lower bearings with the notches in the lower crankcase.
  • Page 326
    CRANKSHAFT 4. Select: S Crankshaft journal bearings (J1 X J3) NOTE: S The numbers A stamped into the crankshaft web and the numbers 1 stamped into the low- er crankcase are used to determine the re- placement crankshaft journal bearing sizes. S “J1 X J3”…
  • Page 327
    CRANKSHAFT a. Clean the big end bearings, crankshaft pins, and the inside of the connecting rods halves. b. Install the big end upper bearing into the con- necting rod and the big end lower bearing into the connecting rod cap. NOTE: Align the projections a on the big end bearings with the notches b in the connecting rod and…
  • Page 328: Checking The Crankcase

    CRANKSHAFT g. Measure the compressed Plastigauge width a on the crankshaft pin. crankshaft-pin-to-big-end-bearing clearance is out of specification, select re- placement big end bearings. 6. Select: S big end bearings (P1 X P2) NOTE: S The numbers A stamped into the crankshaft web and the numbers 1 on the connecting rods are used to determine the replacement big end bearing sizes.

  • Page 329: Checking The Circlips And Washers

    CRANKSHAFT EAS00402 CHECKING THE CIRCLIPS AND WASHERS 1. Check: S circlips Bends/damage/looseness ! Replace. S washers Bends/damage ! Replace. EAS00404 INSTALLING THE CONNECTING RODS 1. Lubricate: S bolt threads S nut seats (with the recommended lubricant) Recommended lubricant Molybdenum disulfide grease 2.

  • Page 330
    CRANKSHAFT 4. Align: S bolt heads (with the connecting rod caps) 5. Tighten: S connecting rod nuts Connecting rod nuts 62 Nm (6.2 mSkg) CAUTION: S When tightening the connecting rod nuts, be sure to use an F-type torque wrench. S Without pausing, tighten the connecting rod nuts to the specified torque.
  • Page 331: Installing The Crankshaft

    CRANKSHAFT EAS00407 INSTALLING THE CRANKSHAFT 1. Install: S crankshaft journal upper bearings (into the upper crankcase) NOTE: S Align the projections a on the crankshaft jour- nal upper bearings 1 with the notches b in the upper crankcase. S Be sure to install each crankshaft journal up- per bearing in its original place.

  • Page 332: Assembling The Crankcase

    Recommended lubricant Engine oil 2. Apply: S sealant (onto the crankcase mating surfaces) Yamaha bond No. 1215 90890-85505 NOTE: Do not allow any sealant to come into contact with the oil gallery or crankshaft journal bear- ings. Do not apply sealant to within 2 X 3 mm of the crankshaft journal bearings.

  • Page 333
    CRANKSHAFT 6. Install: S crankcase bolts (M10) initial 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 20 Nm (2.0 mSkg) final CAUTION: S Use an angle torgue gauge 1 and tighten at the correct angle. S If an angle torgue gauge is not available, do not tighten at an angle because accurate tightening cannot be expected.
  • Page 334
    CRANKSHAFT EAS00411 INSTALLING THE BALANCER SHAFT 1. Install: S front balancer shaft weight 1 S front balancer shaft 2 S O-ring S plate (balancer shaft) a. Turn the crankshaft until the keyway a on the crankshaft is aligned with the mark b on the crankcase.
  • Page 335
    CRANKSHAFT a. Turn the crankshaft until the keyway a on the crankshaft is aligned with the mark b on the crankcase. b. While holding the crankshaft, install the rear balancer shaft weight and align the mark c on the rear balancer shaft gear with the mark d on the crankcase.
  • Page 336: Transmission

    TRANSMISSION EAS00419 TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION, SHIFT DRUM ASSEMBLY, AND SHIFT FORKS 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 12 Nm (1.2 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the transmission, shift Remove the parts in the order listed. drum assembly, and shift forks Engine Refer to “ENGINE”. Cover plate Collar Oil seal…

  • Page 337
    TRANSMISSION 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 12 Nm (1.2 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Shift drum Bearing housing Drive axle assembly For installation, reverse the removal pro- cedure. 5-88…
  • Page 338
    TRANSMISSION Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the main axle Disassemble the parts in the order listed. assembly. 2nd pinion gear Lock washer Lock washer retainer 6th pinion gear Collar Washer Circlip 3rd/4th pinion gear 5th pinion gear Main axle For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
  • Page 339
    TRANSMISSION Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the drive axle Disassemble the parts in the order listed. assembly. Washer 1st wheel gear Collar 5th wheel gear Circlip Washer 3rd wheel gear Lock washer Lock washer retainer 4th wheel gear 5-90…
  • Page 340
    TRANSMISSION Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks 6th wheel gear 2nd wheel gear Drive axle For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure. 5-91…
  • Page 341: Removing The Transmission

    TRANSMISSION EAS00420 REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION 1. Remove: S drive axle assembly S bearing housing 1  (with the Torx wrench) NOTE: Remove the bearing housing with the slide hammer bolt 2 and weight 3 . Slide hammer bolt 90890-01083 Weight 90890-01084 2.

  • Page 342: Checking The Shift Drum Assembly

    TRANSMISSION 3. Check: S shift fork movement (along the shift fork guide bar) Rough movement ! Replace the shift forks and shift fork guide bar as a set. EAS00422 CHECKING THE SHIFT DRUM ASSEMBLY 1. Check: S shift drum grooves Damage/scratches/wear ! Replace the shift drum assembly.

  • Page 343: Installing The Transmission

    TRANSMISSION 3. Check: S transmission gears Blue discoloration/pitting/wear ! Replace the defective gear(s). S transmission gear dogs Cracks/damage/rounded edges ! Replace the defective gear(s). 4. Check: S transmission gear engagement (each pinion gear to its respective wheel gear) Incorrect ! Reassemble the transmission axle assemblies.

  • Page 344
    TRANSMISSION 3. Install: S shift drum assembly 1 S shift fork “C” 2 S shift fork “L” 3 S shift fork “R” 4 S shift fork guide bars 5 NOTE: S The embossed marks on the shift forks should face towards the right side of the engine and be in the following sequence: “R”, “C”, “L”.
  • Page 346: Cool

    COOL…

  • Page 347
    COOL CHAPTER 6 COOLING SYSTEM RADIATOR ……….. . CHECKING THE RADIATOR .
  • Page 348
    COOL…
  • Page 349: Cooling System

    COOL RADIATOR EAS00454 COOLING SYSTEM RADIATOR 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 7 Nm (0.7 mSkg) 5 Nm (0.5 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the radiator Remove the parts in the order listed. Side cowlings Refer to “FRONT COWLING”. Coolant Drain.

  • Page 350: Checking The Radiator

    COOL RADIATOR EAS00455 CHECKING THE RADIATOR 1. Check: S radiator fins Obstruction ! Clean. Apply compressed air to the rear of the radia- tor. Damage ! Repair or replace. NOTE: Straighten any flattened fins with a thin, flat- head screwdriver. 2.

  • Page 351: Installing The Radiator

    COOL RADIATOR EAS00456 INSTALLING THE RADIATOR 1. Fill: S cooling system (with the specified amount of the recom- mended coolant) Refer to “CHANGING THE COOLANT” in chapter 3. 2. Check: S cooling system Leaks ! Repair or replace any faulty part. a.

  • Page 352: Thermostat

    COOL THERMOSTAT EAS00460 THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the thermostat assembly Remove the parts in the order listed. Fuel tank Refer to “FUEL TANK” in chapter 3. Air filter case Refer to “AIR FILTER CASE” in chapter 3. Coolant Drain.

  • Page 353
    COOL THERMOSTAT EAS00461 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 18 Nm (1.8 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the thermostat Disassembly the parts in the order listed. assembly Thermo unit Thermostat cover O-ring Thermostat Thermostat housing For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
  • Page 354: Checking The Thermostat

    COOL THERMOSTAT EAS00463 CHECKING THE THERMOSTAT 1. Check: S thermostat 1 Does not open at 82 X 95_C ! Replace. a. Suspend the thermostat in a container filled with water. b. Slowly heat the water. c. Place a thermometer in the water. d.

  • Page 355: Assembling The Thermostat Assembly

    COOL THERMOSTAT EAS00464 ASSEMBLING THERMOSTAT SEMBLY 1. Install: S thermostat housing 1 S thermostat 2 S O-ring S thermostat housing cover NOTE: Install the thermostat with its breather hole a facing up. 2. Install: S thermo unit 1 18 Nm (18 mSkg) CAUTION: Use extreme care when handling the thermo unit.

  • Page 356: Water Pump

    COOL WATER PUMP EAS00468 WATER PUMP 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the water pump Remove the parts in the order listed. It is not necessary to remove the water pump unless the coolant level is extremely low or the coolant contains engine oil.

  • Page 357
    COOL WATER PUMP EAS00469 Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the water pump Disassembly the parts in the order listed. Water pump cover Circlip Impeller Water pump seal Bearing Oil seal Water pump housing Rubber damper holder Rubber damper O-ring For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
  • Page 358
    COOL WATER PUMP EAS00470 DISASSEMBLING THE WATER PUMP 1. Remove: S impeller S water pump seal 1 NOTE: Remove the water pump seal from the inside of the water pump housing. 2 Water pump housing 2. Remove: S bearing 1 S oil seal 2 NOTE: Remove the bearing and oil seal from the inside…
  • Page 359
    NOTE: S Install the water pump seal with the special tools. S Before installing the water pump seal, apply Yamaha bond No.1215 2 to the water pump housing 3 . Mechanical seal installer 4 90890-04078 Middle driven shaft bearing…
  • Page 360: Installing The Water Pump

    COOL WATER PUMP 4. Measure: S impeller shaft tilt Out of specification ! Repeat steps (3) and (4). CAUTION: Make sure the rubber damper and rubber damper holder are flush with the impeller. Impeller shaft tilt limit 0.15 mm 1 Straightedge 2 Impeller 5.

  • Page 362
    CHAPTER 7 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ……..CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .
  • Page 364: Fuel Injection System

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Ignition coil Crankshaft position sensor Fast idle plunger Air filter case Coolant temperature sensor Adjustable air intake duct Intake temperature sensor Spark plug Intake Solenoid Fuel delivery hose Cylinder identification sensor Fuel tank Pressure regulator Fuel pump…

  • Page 365: Circuit Diagram

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM EAS00814 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Main fuse Battery Fuel injection system fuse Main switch Cylinder identification sensor Fuel injection system relay Speed sensor Intake air pressure sensor Atmospheric pressure sensor Intake air temperature sensor Coolant temperature sensor Lean angle cut-off switch sensor Injector #1 Injector #2…

  • Page 366: Ecu’s Self-Diagnostic Function

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ECU’S SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION The ECU is equipped with a self-diagnostic function in order to ensure that the engine control system is operating normally. If this function detects a malfunction in the system, it immediately operates the en- gine under substitute characteristics and illuminates the engine trouble warning light to alert the rider that a malfunction has occurred in the system.

  • Page 367: Substitute Characteristics Operation Control (Fail-Safe Action)

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM SUBSTITUTE CHARACTERISTICS OPERATION CONTROL (FAIL-SAFE ACTION) If the ECU detects an abnormal signal from a sensor while the motorcycle is being driven, the ECU illuminates the engine trouble warning light and provides the engine with substitute characteristic op- eration instructions that are appropriate for the type of the malfunction.

  • Page 368: Troubleshooting Chart

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART “Engine runs irregularly.” or “Engine trouble warning light is illuminated.” * Engine trouble warning light may not be illuminated even if the engine runs irregularly. When the engine trouble warning light is not illumi- When the engine trouble warning light is illumi- nated nated…

  • Page 369: Diagnostic Monitoring Mode

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING MODE It is possible to monitor the sensor output data or check the activation of actuators without connecting the measurement equipment by simply switching the meter indication from the Normal mode to the Diagnostic monitoring mode. Switching the mode to the Diagnostic monitoring mode Turn OFF the main switch.

  • Page 370
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Diagnostic monitoring code table Fault Diagnostic Symptom Probable cause of malfunction Code No. monitoring code No. S Open or short circuit in wiring sub lead. No normal signals are received S Open or short circuit in wiring harness. from the cylinder identification S Defective cylinder identification sensor.
  • Page 371
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Fault Diagnostic Symptom Probable cause of malfunction Code No. monitoring code No. S Open or short circuit in wiring harness. Open circuit is detected in the S Malfunction in ignition coil. primary wire of the ignition coil S Malfunction in ECU.
  • Page 372
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Sensor operation table Diagnostic monitoring Item Meter display Checking method code No. Throttle angle S Check with throttle fully closed. Fully closed position 15-17 S Check with throttle fully open. Fully opened position 97-100 Atmospheric pressure — Compare the actually measured atmospheric pressure with the meter display value.
  • Page 373
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Actuator operation table Diagnostic monitoring Item Actuation Checking method code No. Ignition coil #1 Actuates the ignition coils #1 for five times Check the spark five times. every second. S Connect an ignition checker. Illuminates the engine trouble warning light Ignition coil #2 Actuates the ignition coils #2 for five times Check the spark five times.
  • Page 374: Troubleshooting Details

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING DETAILS This section dscribes the measures per fault code number displayd on the meter. Carry out check and maintenance on items or components that could be a cause of malfunction in accordance with the or- der. When the check and maintenance of malfunctioned part is completed, restore the meter display ac- cording to the “Restore method”.

  • Page 375
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Fault code No. Symptom No normal signals are received from the crankshaft position sensor. Diagnostic monitoring code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Installed state of crankshaft position Check the installed area for looseness or Reinstated by sensor pinching.
  • Page 376
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Intake air pressure sensor-pipe system malfunction Fault code No. Symptom (clogged or deteched hose). Diagnostic monitoring Intake air pressure sensor code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Intake air pressure sensor hose Repair or replace the sensor hose.
  • Page 377
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Fault code No. Symptom Throttle position sensor-open or short circuit defected. Diagnostic monitoring Throttle position sensor code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Installed state of throttle position Check the installed area for looseness or Reinstated by sensor.
  • Page 378
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Open circuit is detected in the input line from the sidestand switch to the Fault code No. Symptom ECU. Diagnostic monitoring Sidestand switch code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Connected state of connector Check the coupler for any pins that may If the transmission…
  • Page 379
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A. Intake air pressure sensor-open or short circuit detected. Fault code No. Symptom B. Defective values are detected due to the internal malfunction of the intake air pressure sensor or the Atmospheric pressure sensor. Diagnostic monitoring Intake air pressure sensor code No.
  • Page 380
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Open or short sircuit is detected from the coolant temperature sensor. Fault code No. Symptom Diagnostic monitoring Coolant temperature sensor code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Installed state of coolant temperature Check the installed area for looseness or Reinstated by sensor…
  • Page 381
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Fault code No. Symptom Open or short circuit detected from the atmospheric pressure sensor. Diagnostic monitoring Atmospheric pressure sensor code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Installed state of atmospheric pressure Check the installed area for looseness or Reinstated by sensor pinching.
  • Page 382
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Fault code No. Symptom The motorcycle has overturned. Diagnostic monitoring Lean angle cut-off switch code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method The motorcycle has overturned. Raise the motorcycle upright. Reinstated by turning the Installed state of the lean angle cut-off Check the installed area for looseness or main switch…
  • Page 383
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Fault code No. Symptom Malfunction detected in the primary wire of the ignition coil (#2). Diagnostic monitoring Ignition coil (#2) code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Connected state of connector Check the coupler for any pins that may have Reinstated by Ignition coil primary side pulled out.
  • Page 384
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM A. No normal signal are received from the speed sensor. Fault code No. Symptom B. Open or short circuit is detected in the neutral switch. Diagnostic monitoring Speed sensor code No. Neutral switch Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method…
  • Page 385
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Fault code No. Symptom The ECU is unable to monitor the battery voltage. Diagnostic monitoring Fuel injection system relay code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Connected state of connector Check the coupler for any pins that may have Reinstated by Fuel injection system relay coupler pulled out.
  • Page 386
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Er-1 Fault code No. Symptom No signals are received from the ECU. Diagnostic monitoring code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Connected state of connector Check the coupler for any pins that may have Reinstated Main wiring harness ECU coupler pulled out.
  • Page 387
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Er-4 Fault code No. Symptom Non-registered data has been received from the meter. Diagnostic monitoring code No. Order Item / components Check or maintenance job Restore method Connected state of connector Check the coupler for any pins that may have Reinstated Main wiring harness ECU coupler pulled out.
  • Page 388: Throttle Body Assembly

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM THROTTLE BODY ASSEMBLY 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the throttle body assembly Remove the parts in the order listed. Seat Refer to “SEAT”, “FUEL TANK”, Fuel tank “AIR FILTER CASE” in chapter 3. Air filter case Coolant Drain.

  • Page 389
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Fuel hose Disconnect. Vacuum hose Disconnect. Throttle body assembly Throttle body joint For installation, reverse the removal procedure. 7-26…
  • Page 390
    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the throttle body Disassemble the parts in the order listed. Throttle position sensor Fast idle plunger Pressur regulator Intake air pressure sensor Fuel injection pipe Fuel distributor Injector Throttle body Sub-wire harness CAUTION The throttle bodies should not be disassembled unnecessarily.
  • Page 391: Checking The Injector

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM CAUTION: The throttle bodies should not be disas- sembled unnecessarily. CHECKING THE INJECTOR 1. Check: S injector Damage ! Replace. CHECKING THE THROTTLE BODY 1. Check: S throttle body Cracks/damage ! Replace the throttle bo- dies. 2. Check: S fuel passages Obstruction ! Clean.

  • Page 392: Checking The Fuel Pump And Pressure Regulator Operation

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM CHECKING THE FUEL PUMP AND PRESSURE REGULATOR OPERATION 1. Check: S pressure regulator operation a. Remove the fuel tank. Refer to “FUEL TANK” in chapter 3. b. Disconnect the vacuum hose 1 from the pressure regulator. c. Connect the vacuum/pressure pump gauge set 2 onto the vacuum hose from the pres- sure regulator.

  • Page 393: Checking The Throttle Body Joints

    FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM EAS00095 CHECKING THE THROTTLE BODY JOINTS The following procedure applies to all of the throttle body joints. 1. Remove: S fuel tank Refer to “FUEL TANK” in chapter 3. S air filter case Refer to “AIR FILTER CASE” in chapter 3. 2.

  • Page 394: Air Induction System

    AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM EAS00507 AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM AIR INJECTION The air induction system bums unburned ex- haust gases by injecting fresh air (secondary air) into the exhaust port, reducing the emission of hydrocarbons. When there is negative pressure at the exhaust port, the reed valve opens, allowing secondary air to flow into the exhaust port.

  • Page 395: Air Induction System Diagrams

    AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM EAS00509 AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM DIAGRAMS Air cut-off valve Reed valve Exhaust port Air filter case 7-32…

  • Page 396: Air Cut-Off Valve And Reed Valve

    AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM AIR CUT-OFF VALVE AND REED VALVE 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) 10 Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the air cut-off valve and Remove the parts in teh order listed. reed valve Seat Refer to “SEAT, FUEL TANK, Fuel tank AIR FILTER CASE”…

  • Page 397: Checking The Air Induction System

    AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM EAS00510 CHECKING THE AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM 1. Check: S hoses Loose connection ! Connect properly. Cracks/damage ! Replace. S pipes Cracks/damage ! Replace. 2. Check: S steel reed S steel reed stopper S reed valve seat Cracks/damage ! Replace the reed valve. 3.

  • Page 398: Elec

    ELEC…

  • Page 399
    ELEC CHAPTER 8 ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ……..CHECKING SWITCH CONTINUITY .
  • Page 400
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ……..8-49 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .
  • Page 401
    ELEC ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS EAS00729 ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Wire harness Radiator fan motor Ignition coil Horn Front brake light switch Clutch switch Starter relay Fuse box Battery Neutral switch Sidestand switch Rear brake light switch Oil level switch…
  • Page 402
    ELEC ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Coolant temperature sensor Atomospheric pressure sensor Intake air tempreture sensor Intake air pressure sensor Lean angle cut-off switch Turn signal relay Fuel injection system relay Radiator fan motor relay Starting circuit cut-off relay Speed sensor sensor Crankshaft position sensor Cylinder identification sensor…
  • Page 403: Checking Switch Continuity

    ELEC CHECKING SWITCH CONTINUITY EAS00730 CHECKING SWITCH CONTINUITY Check each switch for continuity with the pocket tester. If the continuity reading is incorrect, check the wiring connections and if necessary, replace the switch. CAUTION: Never insert the tester probes into the cou- pler terminal slots a .

  • Page 404
    ELEC CHECKING THE SWITCHES EAS00731 CHECKING THE SWITCHES Check each switch for damage or wear, proper connections, and also for continuity between the termi- nals. Refer to “CHECKING SWITCH CONTINUITY”. Damage/wear ! Repair or replace. Improperly connected ! Properly connect. Incorrect continuity reading ! Replace the switch.
  • Page 405: Checking The Bulbs And Bulb Sockets

    ELEC CHECKING THE BULBS AND BULB SOCKETS EAS00732 CHECKING BULBS BULB SOCKETS Check each bulb and bulb socket for damage or wear, proper connections, and also for continu- ity between the terminals. Damage/wear ! Repair or replace the bulb, bulb socket or both. Improperly connected ! Properly connect.

  • Page 406
    ELEC CHECKING THE BULBS AND BULB SOCKETS WARNING Since the headlight bulb gets extremely hot, keep flammable products and your hands away from the bulb until it has cooled down. CAUTION: S Be sure to hold the socket firmly when re- moving the bulb.
  • Page 407
    ELEC CHECKING THE BULBS AND BULB SOCKETS CHECKING THE CONDITION OF THE BULB SOCKETS The following procedure applies to all of the bulb sockets. 1. Check: S bulb socket (for continuity) (with the pocket tester) No continuity ! Replace. Pocket tester 90890-03132 NOTE: Check each bulb socket for continuity in the…
  • Page 408
    ELEC CHECKING THE BULBS AND BULB SOCKETS CHECKING THE LEDs The following procedures applies to all of the LEDs. 1. Check: S LED (for proper operation) Improper operation ! Replace. a. Disconnect the meter assembly coupler (me- ter assembly side). b.
  • Page 409: Circuit Diagram

    ELEC IGNITION SYSTEM EAS00735 IGNITION SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Crankshaft position sensor Main fuse Battery Main switch Starting circuit cut-off relay Sidestand switch Lean angle cut-off switch Ignition coil Spark plug Throttle position sensor Engine stop switch Ignition fuse…

  • Page 410: Troubleshooting

    ELEC IGNITION SYSTEM EAS00737 EAS00739 TROUBLESHOOTING 2. Battery S Check the condition of the battery. The ignition system fails to operate (no Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING spark or intermittent spark). THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. Check: Minimum open-circuit voltage 1.

  • Page 411
    ELEC IGNITION SYSTEM EAS00743 4. Ignition spark gap The following procedure applies to all of the spark plugs. S Disconnect the spark plug cap from the spark plug. S Connect the ignition checker as shown. Spark plug cap S Set the main switch to “ON”. S Measure the ignition spark gap Spark plug cap resistance S Crank the engine by pushing the starter…
  • Page 412
    ELEC IGNITION SYSTEM EAS00750 Negative tester probe ! 8. Engine stop switch spark plug lead S Check the engine stop switch for continuity. Positive tester probe ! spark plug lead Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”. S Is the engine stop switch OK? Replace the right handlebar switch.
  • Page 413
    ELEC IGNITION SYSTEM EAS00748 EAS00753 11. Starting circuit cut-off relay 10. Crankshaft position sensor rasistance S Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor S Disconnect the starting circuit cut-off relay coupler from the wire harness. coupler from the wire harness. S Connect the pocket tester (Ω S Connect the pocket tester (Ω…
  • Page 414
    ELEC ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM EAS00755 ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Main fuse Battery Starter relay Starter motor Main switch Diode Starting circuit cut-off relay Sidestand switch Neutral switch Engine stop switch Start switch Clutch switch Ignition fuse 8-14…
  • Page 415
    ELEC ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM EAS00756 STARTING CIRCUIT CUT-OFF SYSTEM OPERATION If the engine stop switch is set to “ ” and the main switch is set to “ON” (both switches are closed), the starter motor can only operate if at least one of the following conditions is met: S The transmission is in neutral (the neutral switch is closed).
  • Page 416
    ELEC ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM EAS00757 EAS00739 TROUBLESHOOTING 2. Battery The starter motor fails to turn. S Check the condition of the battery. Check: Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING 1. main and ignition fuses THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. 2. Battery 3.
  • Page 417
    ELEC ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM EAS00759 Tester positive probe ! 4. Starting circuit cut-off relay sky blue S Disconnect the starting circuit cut-off relay Tester negative probe ! from the wire harness. black/yellow S Connect the pocket tester (Ω 1) and bat- Tester positive probe ! tery (12 V) to the starting circuit cut-off relay sky blue…
  • Page 418
    ELEC ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM EAS00761 EAS00750 6. Starter relay 8. Engine stop switch S Disconnect the starter relay from the cou- S Check the engine stop switch for continuity. pler. Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”. S Connect the pocket tester (Ω S Is the engine stop switch OK? 1) and bat- tery (12 V) to the starter relay terminals as…
  • Page 419
    ELEC ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM EAS00764 12. Start switch S Check the start switch for continuity. Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”. S Is the start switch OK? Replace the right handlebar switch. EAS00766 13. Wiring S Check the entire starting system’s wiring. Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.
  • Page 420: Starter Motor

    ELEC STARTER MOTOR EAS00767 STARTER MOTOR 10Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Removing the starter motor Remove the parts in the order listed. Exhaust pipe Starter motor lead Disconnect. Starter motor O-ring For installation, reverse the removal procedure. 8-20…

  • Page 421
    ELEC STARTER MOTOR EAS00768 10Nm (1.0 mSkg) Order Job/Part Q’ty Remarks Disassembling the starter motor Disassemble the parts in the order listed. Front bracket Washer kit Rear bracket Washer kit Brush holder Brush Armature coil O-ring Starter motor yoke Seal Bearing For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
  • Page 422
    ELEC STARTER MOTOR EAS00770 CHECKING THE STARTER MOTOR 1. Check: S commutator Dirt ! Clean with 600 grit sandpaper. 2. Measure: S commutator diameter a Out of specification ! Replace the starter motor. Commutator diameter limit 27 mm 3. Measure: S mica undercut a Out of specification ! Scrape the mica to the proper measurement with a hacksaw blade…
  • Page 423
    ELEC STARTER MOTOR Armature coil Resistance 0.03 X 0.04 Ω at 20_C b. If any resistance is out of specification, re- place the starter motor. 5. Measure: S brush length a . Out of specification ! Replace the brushes as a set. Brush length wear limit 5 mm 6.
  • Page 424
    ELEC STARTER MOTOR EAS00772 ASSEMBLING THE STARTER MOTOR 1. Install: S brush holder 1 NOTE: Align the tab a on the brush holder with the slot b in the starter motor yoke. 2. Install: S armature coil 1 S washers 2 S starter motor front cover 3 S starter motor rear cover 4 NOTE:…
  • Page 425
    ELEC CHARGING SYSTEM EAS00773 CHARGING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 2 Generator 3 Rectifier/ regulator 4 Main fuse 5 Battery 8-25…
  • Page 426
    ELEC CHARGING SYSTEM EAS00774 TROUBLESHOOTING The battery is not being charged. S Clean the battery Check: 1. main fuse terminals. S Recharge 2. battery 3. charging voltage place the battery. 4. stator assembly resistance 5. wiring connections (of the entire charging system) NOTE: EAS00775 S Before troubleshooting, remove the following…
  • Page 427
    ELEC CHARGING SYSTEM EAS00776 4. Stator coil resistance S Remove the generator cover. S Connect the pocket tester (Ω 1) to the sta- tor coils as shown. Positive tester probe ! white Negative tester probe ! white Positive tester probe ! white Negative tester probe ! white S Measure the stator coil resistances.
  • Page 428
    ELEC LIGHTING SYSTEM EAS00780 LIGHTING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Main fuse Battery Main switch High beam indicator light Meter light Light switch Pass switch Dimmer switch Headlight fuse Parking light fuse Auxiliary light Tail/ brake light switch Headlight 8-28…
  • Page 429
    ELEC LIGHTING SYSTEM EAS00781 EAS00739 TROUBLESHOOTING 2. Battery S Check the condition of the battery. Any of the following fail to light: headlight, Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING high beam indicator light, taillight, auxilia- THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. ry light or meter light. Minimum open-circuit voltage Check: 12.8 V or more at 20_C…
  • Page 430
    ELEC LIGHTING SYSTEM EAS00784 5. Dimmer switch S Check the dimmer switch for continuity. Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”. S Is the dimmer switch OK? The dimmer switch is faulty. Replace the left handlebar switch. EAS00786 6. Pass switch S Check the pass switch for continuity. Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
  • Page 431
    ELEC LIGHTING SYSTEM EAS00788 CHECKING THE LIGHTING SYSTEM Meter assembly coupler (wire harness side) 1. The headlight and the high beam indicator S Set the main switch to “ON”. light fail to come on. S Set the light switch to “ ”.
  • Page 432
    ELEC LIGHTING SYSTEM EAS00789 EAS00790 2. The meter light fails to come on. 3. The tail/brake light fails to come on. 1. Meter light bulb and socket 1. Tail/brake light bulb and socket S Check the meter light bulb and socket for S Check the tail/brake light bulb and socket for continuity.
  • Page 433
    ELEC LIGHTING SYSTEM EAS00791 4. The auxiliary light fails to come on. 1. Auxiliary light bulb and socket S Check the auxiliary light bulb and socket for continuity. Refer to “CHECKING THE BULBS AND SOCKETS” S Are the auxiliary light bulb and socket OK? Replace the auxiliary light bulb, socket or both.
  • Page 434
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00780 SIGNALING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 8-34…
  • Page 435
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00793 Main fuse Battery Main switch Buck up fuse Starting circuit cut-off relay Neutral switch Fuel pump Oil level warning light Neutral indicator light Engine trouble warning light Left turn signal indicator light Right turn signal indicator light Oil level switch Front brake light switch Horn switch…
  • Page 436
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00794 EAS00739 TROUBLESHOOTING 2. Battery S Check the condition of the battery. Any of the following fail to light: turn sig- Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING nal light, brake light or an indicator light. THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. The horn fails to sound.
  • Page 437: Signaling System

    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00796 3. Horn CHECKING THE SIGNAL SYSTEM 1. The horn fails to sound. S Disconnect the black connector at the horn terminal. 1. Horn switch S Connect a jumper lead to the horn termi- S Check the horn switch for continuity. nal and ground the jumper lead.

  • Page 438
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00797 2. The tail/brake light fails to come on. 3. Voltage S Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the 1. Tail/brake light bulb and socket tail/brake light coupler (wire harness side) S Check the tail/brake light bulb and socket as shown.
  • Page 439
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00799 S Set the main switch to “ON”. 3. The turn signal light, turn signal indicator S Measure the voltage (DC 12 V) on light or both fail to blink. brown/green at the turn signal relay 1. Turn signal indicator light bulb and socket coupler (wire harness side).
  • Page 440
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00800 5. Voltage 4. The neutral indicator light fails to come on. S Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the 1. Neutral indicator light bulb and socket turn signal light coupler or meter assembly S Check the neutral indicator light bulb and coupler (wire harness side) as shown.
  • Page 441
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00753 4. Voltage 3. Starting circuit cut-off relay S Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the S Disconnect the starting circuit cut-off relay meter assembly coupler (wire harness side) from the wire harness. as shown. S Connect the pocket tester (Ω…
  • Page 442
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM 2. Engine oil level switch 4. Voltage S Drain the engine oil and remove the engine S Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the oil level switch from the oil tank. engine oil level switch coupler as shown. S Check the engine oil level switch for continu- Tester positive probe ! white ity.
  • Page 443
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00803 6. The fuel level gauge fails to operate. 1. Fuel sender S Drain the fuel from the fuel tank and remove the fuel pump assembly from the fuel tank. S Connect the pocket tester (Ω 1) to the fuel sender as shown.
  • Page 444
    ELEC SIGNALING SYSTEM EAS00805 7. The clock fails to operate. 1. Voltage S Connect the pocket tester (DC V 20) to the meter assembly (wire harness side) as shown. Positive tester probe ! brown Negative tester probe ! black/white S Set the main switch to “ON”. S Measure the voltage (DC 12 V).
  • Page 445
    ELEC COOLING SYSTEM EAS00807 COOLING SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Main fuse Battery Main switch Coolant temperature sensor Ignition fuse Radiator fan motor fuse Radiator fan relay Radiator fan motor 8-45…
  • Page 446
    ELEC COOLING SYSTEM EAS00808 EAS00739 TROUBLESHOOTING 2. Battery S Check the condition of the battery. The radiator fan motor fails to turn. Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING The water temperature gauge needle fails THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. to move when the engine is warm. Minimum open-circuit voltage Check: 12.8 V or more at 20_C…
  • Page 447
    ELEC COOLING SYSTEM EAS00809 S Does the radiator fan motor relay have conti- 4. Radiator fan motor nuity between brown and blue? S Disconnect the radiator fan motor coupler from the wire harness. S Connect the battery (DC 12 V) as shown. Positive battery lead ! blue Replace the radiator Negative battery lead ! black…
  • Page 448
    ELEC COOLING SYSTEM S Does the coolant temperature sensor oper- ate properly as described above? Replace the coolant temperature sensor. EAS00813 7. Wiring S Check the entire cooling system’s wiring. Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”. S Is the cooling system’s wiring properly con- nected and without defects? This circuit is OK.
  • Page 449
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM EAS00814 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Main fuse Battery Fuel injection system fuse Main switch Cylinder identification sensor Fuel injection system relay Speed sensor Intake air pressure sensor Atmospheric pressure sensor Intake air temperature sensor Coolant temperature sensor Lean angle cut-off switch sensor Cylinder #1 –…
  • Page 450
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM EAS00816 EAS00739 TROUBLESHOOTING 2. Battery S Check the condition of the battery. If the fuel injection system fails to operate. Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING Check: THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. 1. main fuel injection system and ignition Minimum open-circuit voltage fuses 12.8 V or more at 20_C…
  • Page 451
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM EAS00759 EAS00617 5. Fuel injection system relay 6. Fuel pump resistance S Disconnect the fuel injection system relay S Disconnect the fuel pump coupler from the from the wire harness. fuel pump. S Connect the pocket tester (Ω S Connect the pocket tester (Ω…
  • Page 452
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Crankshaft position sensor resis- 9. Speed sensor output voltage tance S Measure the speed sensor output voltage. 420 X 569 Ω at 20_C S Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the (between gray and black) speed sensor coupler terminal as shown.
  • Page 453
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM EAS00811 10.Coolant temperature sensor S Remove the coolant temperature sensor from the thermostat assembly. S Connect the pocket tester (Ω 1) to the coolant temperature sensor as shown. S Immerse the coolant temperature sensor in a container filled with coolant NOTE: Make sure that the coolant temperature sen- sor terminals do not get wet.
  • Page 454
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM 11. Intake air temperature sensor resistance 12.Intake air pressure sensor output voltage S Remove the intake air temperature sensor S Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the from the air filter case. intake air intake air pressure sensor coupler S Connect the pocket tester (Ω…
  • Page 455
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM S Set the main switch to “ON”. 15.Intake solenoid S Measure the atmospheric pressure sensor S Remove the intake solenoid coupler from output voltage. the wire harness. S Connect the pocket tester (Ω 1) to the AI Atmospheric pressure sensor system solenoid terminal as shown.
  • Page 456: Checking The Fuel Pump

    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM EAS00819 CHECKING THE FUEL PUMP WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and under certain circumstances there can be a danger of an explosion or fire. Be extremely careful and note the following points: S Stop the engine before refueling. S Do not smoke, and keep away from open flames, sparks, or any other source of fire.

  • Page 457: Checking And Adjusting The Throttle Position Sensor

    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM EAS00502 CHECKING AND ADJUSTING THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR NOTE: Before adjusting the throttle position sensor, the engine idling speed should be properly ad- justed. 1. Check: S throttle position sensor (installed on the throttle body) a. Disconnect the throttle position sensor cou- pler from the throttle position sensor.

  • Page 458
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Throttle position sensor resistance (520 X 900 Ω) X (4.0 X 6.0 kΩ) at 20_C (yellow – black/blue) 2. Check: S throttle position sensor angle a. Connect the throttle position sensor coupler to the throttle position sensor. b.
  • Page 459
    ELEC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM d. Adjust the throttle position sensor angle so the measured output voltage is within the specified range. Throttle position sensor output voltage 0.53 X 0.83 V e. After adjusting the throttle position sensor angle, tighten the throttle position sensor screws 4 .
  • Page 461: Trbl Shtg

    TRBL SHTG…

  • Page 462
    TRBL SHTG CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING STARTING FAILURES ……… ENGINE .
  • Page 463
    TRBL SHTG FAULTY LIGHTING OR SIGNALING SYSTEM ….HEADLIGHT DOES NOT COME ON ……HEADLIGHT BULB BURNT OUT .
  • Page 464: Troubleshooting

    TRBL STARTING FAILURES SHTG EAS00844 TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE: The following guide for troubleshooting does not cover all the possible causes of trouble. It should be helpful, however, as a guide to basic troubleshooting. Refer to the relative procedure in this manual for checks, adjustments, and replacement of parts.

  • Page 465: Incorrect Engine Idling Speed

    STARTING PROBLEMS/ TRBL INCORRECT ENGINE IDLING SPEED SHTG EAS00846 INCORRECT ENGINE IDLING SPEED ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Cylinder(s) and cylinder head(s) Battery S Incorrect valve clearance S Discharged battery S Damaged valve train components S Faulty battery Air filter Spark plug(s) S Clogged air filter element S Incorrect spark plug gap S Incorrect spark plug heat range…

  • Page 466: Poor Medium-And-High-Speed Performance

    POOR MEDIUM-AND-HIGH-SPEED PERFORMANCE/ TRBL FAULTY GEAR SHIFTING SHTG EAS00849 POOR MEDIUM-AND-HIGH-SPEED PERFORMANCE Refer to “STARTING FAILURES”. ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM Air filter Fuel pump S Clogged air filter element S Faulty fuel pump EAS00850 FAULTY GEAR SHIFTING SHIFTING IS DIFFICULT JUMPS OUT OF GEAR Refer to “CLUTCH DRAGS”.

  • Page 467: Faulty Clutch

    TRBL FAULTY CLUTCH/OVERHEATING SHTG EAS00852 FAULTY CLUTCH CLUTCH SLIPS CLUTCH DRAGS Clutch Clutch S Improperly assembled clutch S Air in hydraulic clutch system S Improperly assembled clutch master S Unevenly tensioned clutch springs S Warped pressure plate cylinder S Improperly assembled clutch release cylinder S Bent clutch plate S Incorrect clutch fluid level S Swollen friction plate…

  • Page 468: Overcooling

    OVERCOOLING/POOR BRAKING PERFORMANCE/ TRBL FAULTY FRONT FORK LEGS SHTG EAS00856 OVERCOOLING COOLING SYSTEM Thermostat S Thermostat stays open EAS00857 POOR BRAKING PERFORMANCE S Worn brake pad S Worn brake disc S Air in hydraulic brake system S Leaking brake fluid S Faulty brake caliper kit S Faulty brake caliper seal S Loose union bolt…

  • Page 469: Unstable Handling

    UNSTABLE HANDLING/ TRBL FAULTY LIGHTING OR SIGNALING SYSTEM SHTG EAS00862 UNSTABLE HANDLING Tire(s) S Uneven tire pressures (front and rear) Handlebar S Incorrect tire pressure S Bent or improperly installed handlebar S Uneven tire wear Steering head components S Improperly installed upper bracket Wheel(s) S Incorrect wheel balance S Improperly installed lower bracket…

  • Page 470
    WIRING DIAGRAM (EUR) Crankshaft position sensor Auxiliary light Generator Rear brake light switch Rectifier/ regulator Tail/ brake light Main fuse Headlight Battery Rear turn signal light (left) Fuel injection system fuse Rear turn signal light (right) Starter relay Front turn signal light (left) Starter motor Front turn signal light (right) Main switch…
  • Page 471
    WIRING DIAGRAM (OCE) Crankshaft position sensor Rear turn signal light (left) Generator Rear turn signal light (right) Rectifier/ regulator Front turn signal light (left) Main fuse Front turn signal light (right) Battery Radiator fan motor fuse Fuel injection system fuse Radiator fan relay Starter relay Radiator fan motor…
  • Page 474
    TDM900 2002 WIRING DIAGRAM (EUR) Gy G/W L/B L/R Dg Lg Br Br/B Br/B B Y Ch G L B/L Br/W Br/W Br/B Gy/R Gy/G Br/W — — — Br/R Headlight Headlight Wire Wire Wire Wire FI system sub-wire FI system sub-wire FI system sub-wire Wire harness sub-wire…
  • Page 475
    TDM900P 2002 WIRING DIAGRAM (OCE)

ЛенМото

4-я Красноармейская, 2А
Санкт-Петербург, 190005
Email: info@lenmoto.ru
Телефон: +7 (921) 930-81-18
Телефон: +7 (911) 928-08-06

Компания ЛенМото

Запчасти, аксессуары, экипировка, тюнинг для мотоциклов, скутеров, квадроциклов, снегоходов, багги, гидроциклов, катеров и лодочных моторов.

Подпишитесь на наши новости

Подписаться

Yamaha TDM900A Service manual | Manualzz

2005
TDM900A(T)
5PS1-AE4
SUPPLEMENTARY
SERVICE MANUAL
FOREWORD
This Supplementary Service Manual has been prepared to introduce new service and data for the
TDM900A(T) 2005. For complete service information procedures it is necessary to use this Supplementary Service Manual together with the following manual.
TDM900(N) 2001 SERVICE MANUAL: 5PS1-AE1
TDM900(R) 2003 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE MANUAL: 5PS1-AE2
TDM900(S) 2004 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE MANUAL: 5PS1-AE3
TDM900A(T) 2005
SUPPLEMENTARY
SERVICE MANUAL
©2004 by Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd.
First Edition, December 2004
All rights reserved.
Any reproduction or unauthorized use
without the written permission of
Yamaha Motor Co., Ltd.
is expressly prohibited.
EAS00002
NOTICE
This manual was produced by the Yamaha Motor Company, Ltd. primarily for use by Yamaha dealers and their qualified mechanics. It is not possible to include all the knowledge of a mechanic in one
manual. Therefore, anyone who uses this book to perform maintenance and repairs on Yamaha
vehicles should have a basic understanding of mechanics and the techniques to repair these types
of vehicles. Repair and maintenance work attempted by anyone without this knowledge is likely to
render the vehicle unsafe and unfit for use.
Yamaha Motor Company, Ltd. is continually striving to improve all its models. Modifications and significant changes in specifications or procedures will be forwarded to all authorized Yamaha dealers
and will appear in future editions of this manual where applicable.
NOTE:
Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.
EAS00004
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
Particularly important information is distinguished in this manual by the following.
The Safety Alert Symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR
SAFETY IS INVOLVED!
WARNING
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Failure to follow WARNING instructions could result in severe injury or death
to the motorcycle operator, a bystander or a person checking or repairing the
motorcycle.
A CAUTION indicates special precautions that must be taken to avoid damage to the motorcycle.
A NOTE provides key information to make procedures easier or clearer.
EAS00007
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual is intended as a handy, easy-to-read reference book for the mechanic. Comprehensive
explanations of all installation, removal, disassembly, assembly, repair and check procedures are
laid out with the individual steps in sequential order.
The manual is divided into chapters. An abbreviation and symbol in the upper right corner of
each page indicate the current chapter.
Refer to “SYMBOLS”.
Each chapter is divided into sections. The current section title is shown at the top of each page,
except in Chapter 3 (“PERIODIC CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS”), where the sub-section title(s)
appears.
Sub-section titles appear in smaller print than the section title.
To help identify parts and clarify procedure steps, there are exploded diagrams at the start of
each removal and disassembly section.
Numbers are given in the order of the jobs in the exploded diagram. A circled number indicates a
disassembly step.
Symbols indicate parts to be lubricated or replaced.
Refer to “SYMBOLS”.
A job instruction chart accompanies the exploded diagram, providing the order of jobs, names of
parts, notes in jobs, etc.
Jobs requiring more information (such as special tools and technical data) are described
sequentially.
EAS00008
SYMBOLS
The following symbols are not relevant to every
vehicle.
Symbols
to
indicate the subject of each
chapter.
General information
Specifications
Periodic checks and adjustments
Chassis
Engine
Cooling system
Fuel injection system
Electrical system
Troubleshooting
Symbols
to
indicate the following.
Serviceable with engine mounted
Filling fluid
Lubricant
Special tool
Tightening torque
Wear limit, clearance
Engine speed
Electrical data
Symbols
to
in the exploded diagrams
indicate the types of lubricants and lubrication
points.
Engine oil
Gear oil
Molybdenum-disulfide oil
Wheel-bearing grease
Lithium-soap- based grease
Molybdenum-disulfide grease
Symbols
to
in the exploded diagrams
indicate the following.
Apply locking agent (LOCTITE®)
Replace the part
CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INSTRUMENT PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIAL TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
4
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHASSIS TIGHTENING TORQUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE ROUTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHECKING THE DRIVE CHAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR AND SENSOR ROTOR . . . . . . . . . . .
REAR WHEEL SENSOR AND SENSOR ROTOR . . . . . . . . . . . .
HYDRAULIC UNIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HYDRAULIC ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHECKING THE RESERVOIR TANK FLUID LEVEL . . . . . . . . . .
TRIAL RUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
6
7
7
8
28
28
30
30
31
49
50
54
57
64
73
73
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHECKING THE SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STARTING CIRCUIT CUT-OFF SYSTEM OPERATION . . . . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIGNALING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHECKING THE SIGNAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74
76
77
77
78
79
83
83
85
86
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS CONNECTOR LOCATION CHART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ECU (ABS) AND FAIL-SAFE RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHECKING THE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING BY THE SELF DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . .
MALFUNCTION CHECK BY THE ABS SELF DIAGNOSIS
(PAST MALFUNCTION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MALFUNCTION CHECK BY THE ABS SELF DIAGNOSIS
(PRESENT MALFUNCTION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DELETING THE MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
94
94
96
97
98
103
104
107
107
108
120
TROUBLESHOOTING
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS TROUBLESHOOTING OUTLINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIC INSTRUCTION FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIC PROCESS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING AT THE ABS WARNING LIGHT . . . . . . . . . .
ONLY THE ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON. . . . .
ALL INDICATORS DO NOT COME ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS WARNING LIGHT CONTINUES TO FLASHES. . . . . . . . . . .
ABS WARNING LIGHT FLASHES EVERY 0.5 SECONDS. . . . . .
ABS WARNING LIGHT CONTINUES TO COME ON. . . . . . . . . .
TDM900A(T) 2005 WIRING DIAGRAM
122
122
123
124
125
125
125
125
125
125
FEATURES
GEN
INFO
GENERAL INFORMATION
FEATURES
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Clock
TRIP/ODO meter
SELECT button
RESET button
Engine trouble warning light
Function indication
The indications of the self-diagnosis function can be checked and inspection operations can be performed through the use of the multi-function meter on the instrument panel.
Based on the signals received from the sensors, the ECU inputs the signals into the multi-function
meter. Then, the conditions of the sensors appear on the clock and trip/odometer display of the
multi-function meter.
NORMAL MODE
Speed meter
Fuel meter
(The symbol “ ” blinks when the gasoline is
almost empty)
Trip/odometer display
Clock display
CO ADJUSTMENT/DIAGNOSTIC
MONITORING SELECTION MODE
Temporary selection display for CO/DIAG.
CO:
DIAG:
1
GEN
INFO
FEATURES
CO ADJUSTMENT MODE
Cylinder identification
For #1
For #2
CO data
Example:
lean
–128
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING MODE
0
rich
128
Diagnostic monitoring code
Example: code “01”
Monitoring data
WHEN THE COMMUNICATION ERROR
OCCURRED BETWEEN ECU AND METER:
Error code
Example: When the error code is “Er-1”
For details of error codes, refer to
“FAIL-SAFE ACTION TABLE” in chapter 7.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
CAUTION:
If the display
shown in the illustration to
the left appears, the multi-function display
is malfunctioning. Replace the meter
assembly.
CAUTION:
If the fuel meter does not display the fuel
level, but repeatedly flashes as shown in
the illustration, the fuel level monitoring
system is malfunctioning. Check the fuel
sender and the electrical circuit.
2
FEATURES
GEN
INFO
CO adjustment and diagnostic monitoring mode
Mode Selection
Normal mode
CO/DIAG mode
Turn “ON” the main switch
• The self-diagnostic function starts a system
check
1. While keeping both the SELECT and
RESET buttons pressed, turn “ON” the
main switch. Keep the buttons pressed for
8 seconds or more.
• All the segments are “OFF” expect the clock
and the trip LCD.
• “DIAG” appears on the clock LCD.
System normal
Normal meter display
Malfunction detection fault number
appears on the
clock LCD.
The engine trouble warning light
illuminates.
Switching between CO adjustment mode and
DIAG mode
1. Press the SELECT button in order to
switch the display to “CO” or “DIAG”.
2. Simultaneously press the SELECT and
RESET buttons for 2 seconds or more to
select an item.
CO adjustment mode
Refer to “CO adjustment” in chapter 3.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
Diagnosis monitoring mode
Refer to “TROUBLESHOOTING” in chapter
7.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
(The engine cannot be started in this mode)
3
SPECIAL TOOLS
GEN
INFO
EB104000
SPECIAL TOOLS
The following special tools are necessary for complete and accurate tune-up and assembly.
Use only the appropriate special tools as this will help prevent damage caused by the use of inappropriate tools or improvised techniques.
When placing an order, refer to the list provided below to avoid any mistakes.
Tool No.
Tool name/Function
Test coupler adaptor
90890-03149
This tool is used to check the ABS diagnosis.
4
Illustration
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS/
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS/CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS
SPEC
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Item
Model code
Weight
Wet (with oil and a full fuel tank)
Dry (without oil and fuel)
Maximum load (total of cargo, rider,
passenger, and accessories)
Standard
Limit
2B01 (EUR)
•••
224 kg (494 lb)
193 kg (426 lb)
200 kg (441 lb)
•••
•••
•••
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Item
Throttle bodies
Model (manufacturer) × quantity
ID mark
Standard
38EIS (MIKUNI) × 2
5PS1 11
Limit
•••
•••
CHASSIS SPECIFICATIONS
Item
Front tire
Tire type
Size
Model (manufacturer)
Tire pressure (cold)
0 ~ 90 kg
90 ~ 200 kg
High-speed riding
Min. tire tread depth
Rear tire
Tire type
Size
Model (manufacturer)
Tire pressure (cold)
0 ~ 90 kg
90 ~ 200 kg
High-speed riding
Min. tire tread depth
Drive chain:
Type (manufacturer)
Link quantity
Drive chain slack
Maximum 15-link section
Standard
Limit
Tubeless
120/70ZR 18M/C (59W)
D220FSTJ (DUNLOP)
•••
•••
•••
225 kPa (2.25 kgf/cm2, 2.25 bar, 32 psi)
225 kPa (2.25 kgf/cm2, 2.25 bar, 32 psi)
225 kPa (2.25 kgf/cm2, 2.25 bar, 32 psi)
•••
•••
•••
•••
1.6 mm
(0.06 in)
Tubeless
160/60ZR 17M/C (69W)
D220STJ (DUNLOP)
•••
•••
•••
250 kpa (2.5 kgf/cm2, 2.5 bar, 35.6 psi)
290 kPa (2.9 kgf/cm2, 2.9 bar, 41.3 psi)
250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm2, 2.5 bar, 35.6 psi)
•••
•••
•••
•••
1.6 mm
(0.06 in)
DID525HV KAI (DAIDO)
118
50 ~ 60 mm
•••
•••
•••
•••
239.3 mm
(9.42 in)
5
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SPEC
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Item
Ignition system
Ignition system type
Ignition timing
Advancer type
Pickup coil resistance/color
Transistorized coil ignition unit model
(manufacturer)
Indicator light
(voltage/wattage × quantity)
Turn signal indicator light
ABS warning light
Starter relay
Model (manufacturer)
Amperage
Coil resistance
Front wheel sensor
Model (manufacturer)
Resistance
Rear wheel sensor
Model (manufacturer)
Resistance
Fail-safe relay
Model (manufacturer)
Fuses (amperage × quantity)
Main fuse
Fuel injection system fuse
Headlight fuse
Signaling system fuse
Ignition fuse
Radiator fan motor fuse
Hazard light fuse
Backup fuse
ABS fuse
ABS motor fuse
Reserve fuse
Standard
Limit
Transistorized coil ignition (digital)
10° BTDC at 1,150 r/min
Electric
192 ~ 288 Ω/L/Y-G/W
TBDF15 (DENSO)
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
14 V 1.2 W × 1
14 V 1.4 W × 1
•••
•••
MS5F-631 (JIDECO)
180 A
4.18 ~ 4.62 Ω
•••
•••
•••
OELABW (SUMITOMO)
1.2 ~ 1.6 kΩ at 20°C
•••
•••
OELABX (SUMITOMO)
1.2 ~ 1.6 kΩ at 20°C
•••
•••
G8R-40Y (OMRON)
•••
40 A × 1
10 A × 1
20 A × 1
10 A × 1
10 A × 1
20 A × 1
10 A × 1
10 A × 1
10 A × 1
30 A × 1
20 A × 1
10 A × 1
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
•••
6
SPEC
TIGHTENING TORQUES
TIGHTENING TORQUES
CHASSIS TIGHTENING TORQUES
Thread
size
Part to be tightened
Lower bracket pinch bolt
Upper bracket and wire guide
Throttle cable adjusting nut
Engine mounting:
Rear upper mounting bolt and nut
Rear lower mounting bolt and nut
Pinch bolt
Frame and rear frame
Sidestand and sidestand bracket
Sidestand bracket and frame
Rear footrest and footrest bracket
Front wheel sensor and sensor housing
Rear wheel sensor and sensor housing
Hydraulic unit and hydraulic unit bracket
Hydraulic unit bracket and frame
Hydraulic unit and brake hose
Front brake hose holder and front brake hose
Rear brake hose holder and rear brake hose
Frame and connector plate
Frame and brake hose holder
7
Tightening
torque
M8
M6
M6
Nm
23
7
5
m•kg
2.3
0.7
0.5
ft•lb
16.6
5.1
3.6
M10
M10
M8
M10
M8
M8
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M10
M6
M6
M5
M6
45
45
26
41
23
26
9
30
30
16
16
30
10
7
7
10
4.5
4.5
2.6
4.1
2.3
2.6
0.9
3.0
3.0
1.6
1.6
3.0
1.0
0.7
0.7
1.0
32.5
32.5
18.8
29.7
16.6
18.8
6.5
22
22
12
12
22
7.2
5.0
5.0
7.2
Remarks
CABLE ROUTING
CABLE ROUTING
Clamp
Front turn signal light (right)
Headlight sub-wire harness
Indicator light lead
Stay 3
Front turn signal light (left)
Meter lead
Indicator light
Meter
Stay 1
Headlight coupler
Headlight adjusting knob
Throttle cables
Clutch cable
Left handlebar switch lead
Main switch lead and immobilizer lead
Cover 7
Horn lead
Horn
Front wheel sensor lead
Front brake hose (OUT)
Cover 8
Front brake hose (IN)
Right handlebar switch lead
Front fork
8
SPEC
CABLE ROUTING
Fasten the left handlebar switch lead to the handlebar with a band.
Through the left handlebar switch lead and clutch
cable to the wire guide on the upper bracket.
Fasten the main switch lead and immobilizer lead
to the wire guide with a clamp. There should be no
slack between main switch and wire guide. Cut the
clamp tip leaving 3 ~ 8 mm (0.12 ~ 0.31 in).
Route the main switch lead through the cover 7 so
that it route beneath the left handlebar switch lead.
Route the clutch cable through the hole in front of
the head pipe on the frame.
Route the front wheel sensor lead along the brake
hose and clamp it at the position shown the drawing.
9
SPEC
It should be 30 ~ 40 mm (1.18 ~ 1.57 in) from the
lower end of the grommet of the brake hose.
Route the right handlebar switch lead, front brake
hose (IN, OUT), front wheel sensor lead and throttle cables through the cover 8.
Route the right handlebar switch lead, front brake
hose (IN) and throttle cables (2 cables) through the
wire guide of the upper bracket.
Fasten the right handlebar switch lead to the handlebar with a band.
Fasten the main switch lead and immobilizer lead
with a clamp so that it faces the front side of the
vehicle.
Fasten the horn lead to the front fork (left side) with
a clamp as shown in the drawing. Cut the clamp tip
leaving 3 ~ 8 mm (0.12 ~ 0.31 in).
CABLE ROUTING
Fasten the horn lead to the upper side of the under
bracket as shown in the drawing. Cut the clamp tip
leaving 3 ~ 8 mm (0.12 ~ 0.31 in).
10 mm (0.39 in)
Fasten the turn signal light lead (right) together
with the coupler to the stay 1.
Clamp the white tape of headlight sub-wire harness to the stay 1. (For detail of the clamp, refer to
section BB.)
Fasten the wire harness and turn signal light lead
(left) together with the coupler to the stay 1.
And locate the turn signal light lead, under the wire
harness.
Route the wire harness through the outside of the
bolt.
To the headlight relay.
10
SPEC
To the ECU.
After the clamping, direct the band point to the
front.
Clamp the headlight sub-wire harness to the stay 1
with a band.
Clamp the headlight sub-wire harness to the dent
in the stay 1.
Route the all leads through inside of the headlight
adjusting knob. Because of the protruding of the
wire harness, it does not have to become the disturbance of operation of the headlight adjusting
knob.
Clamp the meter lead, indicator light lead, headlight sub-wire harness to the stay 1 with a band.
CABLE ROUTING
Fasten the headlight sub-wire harness with the
clamp that is passed through the center hole of
stay 1.
11
SPEC
CABLE ROUTING
Stay 3
Ignition coil assembly
Neutral switch lead
O2 sensor lead
Speed sensor lead
Sidestand switch lead
Pickup coil lead
Fuel tank drain hose
Air filter drain hose
Coolant reservoir tank drain
hose
Battery negative lead
Seat lock cable
Immobilizer coupler
Joint coupler
Tail/brake light lead
Rear turn signal light
Rear turn signal light lead
Rectifier/regulator lead
Coolant reservoir tank
Rear shock absorber
Swingarm
Sidestand switch
O2 sensor
Cylinder identification sensor
lead
12
SPEC
Turn signal light relay
Headlight relay
Main relay
Front wheel sensor
ECU
ECU lead
Stay 1
6 poles water proof coupler
Boss
Starter motor lead
Frame
Engine
Oil pipe
CABLE ROUTING
To the headlight.
Route the 6 poles water proof coupler through
inside of the ECU lead, and the 12 poles coupler
through outside of the ECU lead.
Connect the headlight sub-wire harness coupler in
front of ECU and make it not to route above the
ECU lead.
Fasten the wire harness to the stay 1 with a clamp.
Clamp position shall be at the position shown in
the drawing 1. The knot should be faced to the outside of the vehicle.
Insert the terminal (black) of the ignition coil lead
as shown in the drawing.
Pass the cylinder identification sensor lead above
the left radiator hose.
13
SPEC
Pass the rectifier/regulator lead above the frame
cross tube.
Route the tail/brake light lead through the guides
(3 places) of the tail/brake lgiht bracket.
Fasten the tail/brake light lead at outside of the
frame with a clamp. After connecting the tail/brake
light lead coupler, insert the surplus wiring
between frame, and positioning without routing
above the frame.
Fasten the rectifier/regulator lead with the clamp
installed with the rear fender. The clamp tip should
face the inner side of the vehicle.
CABLE ROUTING
Route the fuel drain hoses (2 hoses), air filter drain
hose, and coolant reservoir tank drain hose trough
the clamp. For the fuel drain hose, the white paint
mark should be under the clamp. The position is
regardless of ranks. Arrange the end of coolant
reservoir tank drain hose, air filter case drain hose
and fuel drain hose from the clamp.
The O2 sensor lead should not stick out from the
boss seat face to the outside of the vehicle.
Fasten the neutral switch lead, O2 sensor lead,
speed sensor lead, sidestand switch lead and
rectifier/regulator lead with the clamp as shown in
the drawing. Cut the clamp tip leaving 3 ~ 8 mm
(0.12 ~ 0.31 in) and make if face to the outside of
the vehicle.
14
SPEC
Less than 20 mm (0.79 in)
Route the spark plug lead for the right cylinder
below the water pipe and behind the hose for the
air cut-off valve.
Route the front wheel sensor lead inside the vehicle and secure it to the front brake hose with a
clamp.
Pass the front wheel sensor lead through the cable
holder tightened together with the front brake caliper.
Fasten the cylinder identification sensor lead to the
inner side of the frame with a clamp.
Pass the front wheel sensor lead between the front
brake caliper and front brake hose.
CABLE ROUTING
Pass the harness for the relay between ECU and
the main relay.
Fasten the ECU lead with the clamp installed to
the plate of front side hole. Align the positioning
tape and the clamp. Install the clamp to the out
side of plate.
Insert the terminal (white) of the spark plug lead as
shown in the drawing.
Pass the fuel drain hose coolant reservoir tankdrain hose and air filter drain hose behind the battery negative lead.
Route the fuel drain hoses (2 hoses), air filter drain
hose and coolant reservoir tank drain hose
through the guide located behind the swingarm
head pipe. Do not make hoses to cross in the area
between D and E.
15
SPEC
CABLE ROUTING
Rear brake light switch lead
Rear brake light switch
Rear wheel sensor lead
Brake fluid reservoir hose
Clamp
Rear brake hose (OUT)
Rear brake hose (IN)
Fuel tank return hose
Fuel hose
Fuel tank drain hose
Clamp
Clamp
Brake hose holder
Rear wheel sensor lead
Clamp
Seat bracket
Front wheel sensor lead
ECU (ABS) sub-wire harness
ECU (ABS)
Radiator fan motor relay
ABS check coupler
Brake hose holder
Stay 2
Radiator
Clutch cable
Thermo wax hose
Coolant reservoir tank hose
Rear brake hose
Starter motor lead
Hydraulic unit drain hose
16
SPEC
CABLE ROUTING
The right and left positions for the starter motor
lead and rear wheel sensor lead can be accepted
in random oder.
Pass the brake fluid reservoir hose and the rearbrake light switch lead through the gap between
the rear fender and rear frame and route it behind
the seat bracket.
Clamp the coolant reservoir tank hose and brake
hose.
Clamping position should be behind the protector
and of the coolant reservoir tank hose.
Route the throttle cables and right handlebar
switch lead inside of the brake hose holder.
Route the clutch cable through the guide of brake
hose holder.
Route the clutch cable through the guide of stay 2.
17
SPEC
Route the rear brake hose and starter motor lead
over the frame cross tube.
Route the hydraulic unit drain hose behind the
cross tube, front of the oil hose and also front of
the pivot shaft.
Direct the rear brake light switch lead to the front.
Clamp the grommet parts of the rear brake hose
and rear wheel sensor lead.
Clamp the ABS check coupler lead. Either upward
or downward direction of pawl is acceptable.
Pass the fuel hose between the fuel tank drain
hoses
Route by the outside of the brake hose.
Ensure that the leads are not folded.
Point the tip of the clamp downward and cut the
surplus part leaving 0 ~ 5 mm (0 ~ 0.20 in).
CABLE ROUTING
Route inside the brake hose holder.
Attach the clamp so that its opening section faces
in the direction indicated in the drawing.
Clamp the grommet which is attached to the sensor lead.
Make sure to insert it to the deepest point.
Make sure to catch more than 3 notches. Install
the pawl so that it points to the outside of the vehicle.
18
SPEC
CABLE ROUTING
SPEC
Battery
Rectifier/regulator
Rear wheel sensor lead
Starter motor lead
Battery band
Battery positive lead
Lean angle cut-off switch
Atmospheric pressure sensor
Fuse (main)
Starter relay
Rear turn signal light lead (right)
Rear turn signal light (right)
Tail/brake light lead
Tail/brake light
Rear turn signal light lead (left)
Throttle cables
Handlebar switch lead (right)
Front brake hose
Stay
Front wheel sensor lead
Thermo wax hose
Intake vacuum hose
Sub-wire harness (air filter case)
Oil level switch lead
Hydraulic unit lead
Coolant reservoir tank hose
Hydraulic unit assembly
Fail-safe relay
Rear brake light switch lead
19
CABLE ROUTING
SPEC
Bracket 1
Air induction system lead
Coolant temperature sensor lead
Cover 2
Main switch lead and immobilizer lead
Left handlebar switch lead
Boot
Frame
Wire harness
Intake vacuum hose (Joint section)
Front brake hose (IN)
Front brake hose (OUT)
Clamp
Rear turn signal light (left)
Joint coupler
Immobilizer coupler
Seat lock cable
Fuse box
Battery negative lead
Hydraulic unit motor coupler
Coolant reservoir tank drain hose
Fuel pump lead 2
Fuel pump lead 1
Sub-wire harness (throttle body)
Radiator fan motor lead
Cylinder identification sensor lead
Hose 1
20
CABLE ROUTING
Put the cover on the coupler for the immobilizer
lead and wire harness.
Install the projection part of the coupler pointing to
the connector housing 2.
Align the projection part of the connector housing
2 with the hole of the locking bracket.
Attach the boot over the immobilizer coupler.
To the air induction system.
To the ECU (ABS).
To the air filter case.
Route the sub-wire harness (air filter case) and
intake vacuum hose over or side by the brake
hose.
To the oil tank.
Route the starter motor lead and rear wheel sensor
lead under the rear frame attaching boss section.
21
SPEC
Route the starter motor lead and rear wheel sensor lead by the right of the battery. The upper and
lower positions of the leads can be accepted in
random order.
Route the battery positive lead under the battery
band. (secure with a band)
Pass the rear turn signal light lead (right) through
the right hole of the fender.
Pass the rear turn signal light leads (right and left)
through the clamp installed to the rear fender.
Adjust the length of the rear turn signal light lead
(left) by folding and then bundle it.
Pass the rear turn signal light lead (left) through
the left hole of the fender.
Pass the rear turn signal light leads (right and left)
between the ribs of the rear fender.
CABLE ROUTING
Pass the seat locking cable through the hole section of the seat bracket of the rear frame. Either
direction of the seat locking cable can be
accepted.
Set the immobilizer coupler and joint coupler
between the ribs of the rear fender.
Route the battery negative lead (black lead) above
the seat locking cable.
Route the battery positive lead (red lead) below
the seat locking cable.
Route the battery positive lead together with the
rear wheel sensor lead and starter motor lead as
shown in the illustration.
Route the battery negative lead above the battery.
Route the rear brake light switch lead below the
battery band. (secure with a band.)
22
SPEC
Clamp the coolant reservoir tank hose to the
hydraulic unit bracket.
To the fuel pump.
Fasten the wire harness to the inner side of the
frame with the harness wrapping clamp.
Arrange to route the throttle cable so that its
upper side is the return cable and lower side for
the pulling cable.
To the throttle body.
Route the wire harness, cylinder identification
sensor lead and radiator fan motor lead under
the bracket 1.
Route the cylinder identification sensor lead and
radiator fan motor lead above the radiator hose.
To the radiator.
CABLE ROUTING
Bundle the coolant temperature sensor lead and
air induction system lead with the clamp. Cut the
clamp tip leaving 3 ~ 8 mm (0.12 ~ 0.31 in).
To the headlight.
Secure the wire harness to the holes at the internal left side and right side of the cover 2 with the
harness wrapping clamp.
Bundle the main switch lead, immobilizer lead,
left handlebar switch lead and right handlebar
switch lead with the clamp. Point the tip of the
clamp to the front side and set it between cover
and wire harness. Place the clamp at the right
side of the vehicle from the coupler as shown in
the illustration.
23
SPEC
Fasten the cylinder identification sensor lead
and radiator fan motor lead to the frame with the
clamp as shown in the illustration. Point the tip of
the clamp to the downside.
Clamp it pointing the coolant reservoir tank hose
to the outside and the throttle body hose to the
inside. Position the clamp opening at the inside.
After binding a clamp, make sure to insert the
excessive part to the gap with the frame.
Clamp the coolant reservoir tank hose and brake
hose.
CABLE ROUTING
SPEC
Hose clamp (carburetor joint upper side)
Connect the intake vacuum hose joint of the air filter system assembly side and the pipe of the throttle body side.
Make sure to match the white paint mark to the
position right overhead.
Insert the hose until its end contacts the component. Point the pawl of the clip downward.
Install the clip so that its pawl is oriented within the
rangeshown in the drawing.
To assemble to the throttle body assembly, it is
allowed to apply the silicon liquid.
Intake vacuum hose joint
Clip
Intake vacuum hose
Clamp (fuel pump side)
Clamp (injector side)
Air filter case
Air filter drain hose
Fuel pump
Fuel hose
Fuel tank return hose
Hose
Filter
Stay
Throttle body
Hose clamp (carburetor joint lowerside)
Carburetor joint
24
CABLE ROUTING
SPEC
Insert the fuel tank return hose until its end con- 2. After the procedure item 1 as above is finished,
insert the clamp of the fuel pump side from the
tacts the component.
lower side of the engine and check that the
,
To assemble to the carburetor joint 1, it is allowed
and
parts are completely equipped.
to apply the engine oil.
3. After the procedure item 1 as above is finished, lay
Attach the hose clamp in this direction.
over the
part of the injector side clamp from the
This part works as a stopper against drop-off.
engine left side and insert the
part from the
Fuel piping connector attachment directions.
engine upper side while turning.
1. Insert the connector until the click sound is heard
Check that the
and
parts are completely
and check that the connector does not come off.
equipped.
Care should be taken so that the foreign matter is
not caught. (It is prohibited to wear cotton work
gloves during the operation.)
Always use hands to connect/disconnect the connector without using tools.
25
CABLE ROUTING
SPEC
Clamp
Drain plug
Hydraulic unit drain hose
Hydraulic unit motor coupler
Hydraulic unit assembly
Clamp (to the coolant reservoir tank hose)
Union bolt
Fail-safe relay
Brake hose holder
Fuel tank mold
Rear brake hose (OUT)
Rear brake hose (IN)
Bracket 2
Frame
Bracket 1
Coolant reservoir tank
Wire harness assembly
Relay stay
Protector
Oil level sensor coupler
Hydraulic unit coupler
Front brake hose assembly (IN)
Front brake hose assembly (OUT)
26
CABLE ROUTING
Insert the pin of the bracket 1 to the hydraulic unit
assembly.
Press front brake hose (IN) to the front brake hose
assembly (out) and tighten.
Insert the pin of the bracket 2 to the hydraulic unit
assembly.
Press brake hose to the detent pin of the hydraulic
unit assembly and tighten.
Clamp the wire harness assembly (for the fail-safe
relay) to the bracket 1.
Clamp the wire harness assembly. Clamp position
should be at the white taping section of the wire
harness assembly.
Insert brake hose holder projection to the hole.
To the rear brake master cylinder.
27
SPEC
To the rear brake caliper.
Insert hydraulic unit drain hose to the deepest
point.
Fit the fuel tank mold in the bracket 1.
Keep approximately 7 ~ 10 mm (0.28 ~ 0.39 in)
away from the bolt position.
Upper and lower excessive parts should be
appressed. Appearance such as containing bubbles is no object.
SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN
CHAS
EAS00709
SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN
CHECKING THE DRIVE CHAIN
1. Measure:
• Measure the dimension between 15-links
on the inner side
and outer side
of the
roller and calculate the dimension between
pin centers.
• Dimension
between pin centers = (Inner
dimension
+ Outer dimension )/2
• 15-link section
of the drive chain
Out of specification → Replace the drive
chain, front drive sprocket and rear drive
sprocket as a set.
15-link drive chain section limit
(maximum)
239.3 mm (9.42 in)
NOTE:
• While measuring the 15-link section, push
down on the drive chain to increase its tension.
• Perform this measurement at two or three different places.
2. Check:
• drive chain
Stiffness → Clean and lubricate or replace.
3. Clean:
• drive chain
a. Wipe the drive chain with a clean cloth.
b. Put the drive chain in kerosene and remove
any remaining dirt.
c. Remove the drive chain from the kerosene
and completely dry it.
28
SWINGARM AND DRIVE CHAIN
CHAS
CAUTION:
This motorcycle has a drive chain with
small rubber O-rings
between the drive
chain side plates. Never use high-pressure
water or air, steam, gasoline, certain solvents (e.g., benzine), or a coarse brush to
clean the drive chain. High-pressure methods could force dirt or water into the drive
chain’s internals, and solvents will deteriorate the O-rings. A coarse brush can also
damage the O-rings. Therefore, use only
kerosine to clean the drive chain.
4. Check:
• O-rings
Damage → Replace the drive chain.
• drive chain rollers
Damage/wear → Replace the drive chain.
• drive chain side plates
Damage/wear → Replace the drive chain.
Cracks → Replace the drive chain and
make sure that the battery breather hose is
properly routed away from the drive chain
and below the swingarm.
5. Lubricate:
• drive chain
Recommended lubricant
Engine oil or chain lubricant
suitable for O-ring chains
6. Check:
• drive sprocket
• rear wheel sprocket
More than 1/4 tooth
wear → Replace the
drive chain sprockets as a set.
Bent teeth → Replace the drive chain
sprockets as a set.
Correct
Drive chain roller
Drive chain sprocket
29
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ABS OUTLINE
Yamaha ABS features
1. The Yamaha ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System) features a dual electronic control system, which acts
on the front and rear brakes independently.
2. The ABS features a compact and lightweight design to help maintain the basic maneuverability of
the motorcycle.
3. The hydraulic unit, which is the main component of the ABS, is centrally located on the motorcycle to increase mass centralization.
ABS layout
ABS warning light
Electronic control unit (ECU)
Fail-safe relay
Hydraulic unit
Rear brake caliper
Rear wheel sensor
Rear disc rotor
Front brake caliper
30
Front wheel sensor
Front disc rotor
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00872
ABS
The operation of the Yamaha ABS brakes is
the same as conventional motorcycles, with a
brake lever for operating the front wheel brake
and a brake pedal for operating the rear wheel
brake.
When wheel lockup is detected during emergency braking, hydraulic control is performed
by the hydraulic system independently.
EAS00873
Useful terms
• Wheel speed:
The rotation speed of the front and rear
wheels.
• Chassis speed:
The speed of the chassis.
When the brakes are applied, wheel speed
and chassis speed are reduced. However,
the chassis travels forward by its inertia
even though the wheel speed is reduced.
• Brake force:
The force applied by braking to reduce the
wheel speed.
• Wheel lock:
A condition that occurs when the rotation of
one or both of the wheels has stopped but
the motorcycle continues to travel.
• Side force:
The force on the tires which supports the
motorcycle when cornering.
31
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Slip ratio:
When the brakes are applied, slipping
occurs between the tires and the road surface. This causes a difference between the
wheel speed and the chassis speed.
Slip ratio is the value that shows the rate of
wheel slippage and is defined by the following formula.
Slip ratio =
Chassis speed – Wheel speed
× 100 (%)
Chassis speed
0%:
There is no slip between the wheel
and the road surface. The chassis speed is
equal to the wheel speed.
100%: The wheel speed is “0”, but the
chassis is moving (i.e., wheel lock).
EAS00874
Brake force and motorcycle stability
When the brake pressure is increased, wheel
speed is reduced. Slip occurs between the tire
and the road surface and brake force is generated. The limit of this brake force is determined
by the friction force between the tire and the
road surface and is closely related to wheel
slippage. Wheel slippage is represented by the
slip ratio.
Therefore, side force is also closely related to
wheel slippage. See figure . If the brakes are
applied while keeping the proper slip ratio, it is
possible to obtain the maximum brake force
without losing much side force.
ABS allows full use of the tire capabilities even
on slippery road surfaces or less slippery road
surfaces. See figure .
Friction force between the
tire and road surface
Brake force
Side force
Friction force between the
tire and road surface
Slip ratio (%)
Less slippery
road surface
Controlling zone
Slippery road surface
Slip ratio (%)
32
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00875
Wheel slip and hydraulic control
The ECU (ABS) calculates the wheel speed of
each wheel according to the rotation signal
received from the front and rear wheel sensors. In addition, the ECU (ABS) calculates the
motorcycle chassis speed and the rate of
speed reduction based on the wheel speed
values.
The difference between the chassis speed and
the wheel speed calculated in the slip ratio formula is equal to the wheel slip. When the
wheel has a tendency to lock, the wheel speed
is suddenly reduced. When the wheel slip and
the wheel speed reduction rate exceed the
preset values, the ECU (ABS) determines that
the wheel has a tendency to lock.
If the slip is large and the wheel has a tendency to lock (point A in the figure), the ECU
(ABS) reduces the brake fluid pressure in the
brake caliper and increases the pressure of the
brake fluid in the brake caliper when the tendency to lock has diminished (point B in the figure).
Motorcycle speed
Wheel speed
Pressurized
Depressurized
Brake force
EAS00876
ABS operation and motorcycle control
If the ABS starts operating, there is a tendency
of the wheel to lock, and the motorcycle is
approaching the limit of control. To make the
rider aware of this condition, the ABS has been
designed to generate a reaction-force pulsating action in the brake lever or brake pedal.
NOTE:
When the ABS is activated, a pulsating action
may be felt at the brake lever or brake pedal,
but this does not indicate a malfunction.
33
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
The higher the cornering force on a tire, the
less traction there is available for braking. This
is true whether the motorcycle is equipped with
an ABS or not. Therefore, sudden braking
while cornering is not recommended. Excessive cornering force, which an ABS cannot prevent, could cause the tire to slip sideways.
Brake force
Friction force between the
tire and road surface
CHAS
Side force
WARNING
Slip ratio (%)
The braking of the motorcycle, even in the
worst case, is principally executed when
the motorcycle is advancing straight ahead.
During a turn, sudden braking is liable to
cause a loss of traction of the tires. Even in
motorcycles equipped with an ABS, overturning of the motorcycle cannot be prevented if it is braked suddenly.
The ABS functions to prevent the tendency of
the wheel to lock by controlling the brake
hydraulic pressure. But, if there is a tendency
of the wheel to lock on a slippery road surface,
due to engine braking, the ABS may not be
able to prevent the wheel from locking.
WARNING
The ABS controls only the tendency of the
wheel to lock caused by applying the
brakes. The ABS cannot prevent wheel lock
on slippery surfaces, such as ice, when it is
caused by engine braking, even if the ABS
is operating.
34
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00877
Electronic ABS features
The Yamaha ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) has been developed with the most advanced electronic
technology.
The ABS control is processed with good response providing various travel conditions for motorcycles.
The ABS also includes a highly developed self-diagnostic function. The ABS detects any problem
conditions and allows normal braking even if the ABS is not operating properly.
When this occurs, the ABS warning light on the meter assembly comes on.
The ABS stores the malfunction codes in the memory of the ECU (ABS) for easy problem identification and troubleshooting.
ABS block diagram
Rear brake master cylinder
Hydraulic unit
Hydraulic pump
ABS motor
Buffer chamber
Hydraulic control valve
Front brake master cylinder
Rear brake caliper
Front brake caliper
ECU (ABS)
35
Rear wheel sensor
Front wheel sensor
ABS warning light
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS000878
ABS component functions
• Wheel sensors and sensor rotors
Wheel sensors
detect the wheel rotation
speed and transmit the wheel rotation signal to
the ECU (ABS).
Each wheel sensor is composed of a permanent magnet and a coil. The wheel sensors are
installed in the sensor housing for each wheel.
Sensor rotors
are pressed in the inner side
of the front and rear wheel hubs and rotate
with the wheels. The sensor rotors have 44
serrations inside and are installed close to the
wheel sensors. As the distance changes
between the top and bottom of the serrations
with the rotation of the wheels, inductive electromotive force is generated in the wheel sensors. Wheel rotation speed is detected based
on the frequency of this alternating voltage.
At high speed
At low speed
Wheel sensor
Sensor rotor
• ABS warning light
The ABS warning light comes on to warn the
rider if a malfunction in the ABS occurs.
When the main switch is set to “ON”, the ABS
warning light comes on for 2 seconds to check
if the ABS warning light is disconnected and to
check if the ABS is operating properly, then
goes off.
CAUTION:
If the rear wheel is raced with the motorcycle on the centerstand, the ABS warning
light may flash or come on. If this occurs,
set the main switch to “OFF”, then back to
“ON”. The ABS operation is normal if the
ABS warning light comes on for 2 seconds,
then goes off.
ABS warning light
36
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00879
• Hydraulic unit
The hydraulic unit
is composed of a hydraulic control valve (solenoid valve, flow control
valve), a buffer chamber, and a hydraulic pump
for each brake and an ABS motor. The hydraulic unit adjusts the front and rear wheel brake
fluid pressure to control the wheel rotation
speed according to signals transmitted from
the ECU (ABS).
To front brake master cylinder
To the rear brake caliper
To the ECU (ABS)
To the front brake caliper
To rear brake master cylinder
Hydraulic pump
ABS motor
Buffer chamber
Hydraulic control valve
37
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Hydraulic control valve
The hydraulic control valve is composed of
a flow control valve and solenoid valve.
When the ABS is activated, the flow control
valve regulates the flow of brake fluid to
each brake and the solenoid valve
decreases and increases the brake fluid
pressure.
1) When the brakes are operated normally, the
solenoid valve
is closed, the spool
of
the flow control valve does not move, and
the hydraulic line between the brake master
cylinder and brake caliper is open.
2) When the ABS is activated, the solenoid
valve
is opened by the power supplied
from the ECU (ABS) signals to decrease
the brake fluid pressure and the spool
of
the flow control valve is moved toward the
solenoid valve.
3) When the ECU (ABS) stops transmitting
signals to decrease the brake fluid pressure, the solenoid valve
closes and the
brake fluid is pressurized again. Pressurizing the brake fluid again, while the ABS is
activated, limits the flow of the brake fluid
with the movement of the flow control valve
spool
and provides a gradual pressure
increase.
Orifice
Solenoid valve
Spool
Flow control valve
38
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Electronic control unit (ECU)
The ECU (ABS)
controls the ABS and is
installed inside the right cowling. To protect the
ECU (ABS) from water damage, it is protected
by a cover .
39
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
As shown in the block diagram below, the ECU (ABS) receives wheel sensor signals from the front
and rear wheels and also receives signals from other monitor circuits. Both a main microcomputer
and a sub microcomputer are installed in the ECU (ABS) to provide mutual monitoring.
Battery
Engine stop switch
Starting circuit cut-off relay
Sidestand switch
Starter relay
Starter motor
Start switch
Front wheel sensor
Rear wheel sensor
Main fuse
Main switch
Generator
Rectifier/regulator
ABS fuse
ABS motor fuse
ABS test coupler
ECU (ABS)
Rear brake light switch
Front brake light switch
Tail/brake light
Meter assembly
ABS warning light
Fail-safe relay
ABS motor relay
Solenoid relay
Hydraulic unit
ABS motor
Front solenoid
Rear solenoid
The necessary actions are confirmed by the motor monitor circuit and control signals are transmitted to the hydraulic unit and fail-safe relay.
40
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• ABS control operation
The ABS control operation performed in the
ECU (ABS) is divided into the following two
parts.
• Hydraulic control
• Self-diagnosis
These operations are performed once every
8/1,000 of a second. When a failure is
detected in the ABS, a malfunction code is
stored in the memory of the ECU (ABS) for
easy problem identification and troubleshooting.
NOTE:
Some types of failures are not recorded in the
memory of the ECU (ABS) (e.g., a drop in battery voltage).
Software operation flow
Set the main switch to “ON”.
Initialize
Self-diagnosis (when static)
Self-diagnosis (when riding)
Receive signals
Control operation
Depressurize/pressurize
8/1,000 of a second
41
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Fail-safe relay
The fail-safe relay controls the power supply of
the hydraulic unit and is located beside the
hydraulic unit.
Fail-safe relay
Composition and operation
The fail-safe relay is composed of the solenoid relay
and ABS motor relay . The solenoid relay
is activated (continuous) by signals transmitted from the ECU (ABS). As a result, the solenoid valve
can be operated.
If a malfunction occurs in the circuit, the solenoid relay is deactivated and it becomes impossible for
the solenoid valve to reduce the hydraulic pressure of the brake fluid and normal braking is
resumed.
The ABS motor relay is also activated by signals transmitted from the ECU (ABS) and operates
simultaneously when the ABS starts to reduce the hydraulic pressure of the brake fluid.
If the solenoid relay is turned off, the motor relay is also deactivated and the motor stops operating if
there is a malfunction.
Solenoid relay
ABS motor relay
Solenoid valve
Electric control unit (ECU)
Pump motor relay coil
Pump motor monitor
ABS warning light
Fail-safe relay coil
Rear solenoid
Front solenoid
42
Power
Fail-safe relay
Hydraulic unit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
ABS operation
The ABS hydraulic circuit consists of two systems: the front wheel and rear wheel. The following
describes the front system only.
• Normal braking (ABS not activated)
When the ABS is not activated port D
of the solenoid valve is closed because a control signal has
not been transmitted from the ECU (ABS) and port A
and port B
of the flow control valve are
open. Therefore, when the brake lever is squeezed, the hydraulic pressure in the brake master cylinder increases and the brake fluid is sent to the brake caliper via port A and port B.
At this time, the inlet and outlet check valves of the pump close the lines and brake fluid is not sent.
As a result, the brake master cylinder directly pressurizes the brake caliper during normal braking.
When the brake lever is released, the brake fluid in the brake caliper returns to the brake master cylinder via port A and port B.
Brake master cylinder
Brake light switch
ABS motor
Pump
Buffer chamber
Flow control valve
Port A
Spool
Port B
Orifice
43
Port D
Solenoid valve
Port C
Brake caliper
ECU (ABS)
ABS warning light
Brake fluid pressure
Time
Repressurizing
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Emergency braking (ABS activated)
1) Depressurized state
When the front wheel is about to lockup, port D
of the solenoid valve is opened by the
“depres-surization” signal transmitted from the ECU (ABS). When this occurs, the spool of the
flow control valve compresses the return spring to close port B . Brake fluid that has entered
through port A
is restricted by the orifice
and the brake fluid is sent to the brake caliper via
port C
and port D , and the buffer chamber. As a result, the hydraulic pressure in the brake
caliper is reduced.
The brake fluid stored in the buffer chamber is pumped back to the brake master cylinder by the
fluid pressure pump linked to the pump motor.
Brake master cylinder
Brake light switch
ABS motor
Pump
Buffer chamber
Flow control valve
Port A
Spool
Port B
Orifice
44
Port D
Solenoid valve
Port C
Brake caliper
ECU (ABS)
ABS warning light
Brake fluid pressure
Time
Repressurizing
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
2) Pressurized state
Port D
is closed by the “pressurization” signal transmitted from the ECU (ABS). Before this
occurs, the spool of the flow control valve has compressed the return spring to close port B .
Brake fluid that has entered through port A
is further restricted by the orifice
and the brake
fluid is sent to the brake calipers via port A
and port C . At this time, the brake is pressurized at a constant speed regardless of the brake fluid pressure level since restriction of port A
changes so that a constant pressure difference is maintained between chamber A
and chamber B
of the flow control valve.
Brake master cylinder
Brake light switch
ABS motor
Pump
Buffer chamber
Flow control valve
Port A
Spool
Port B
Orifice
Port D
45
Solenoid valve
Port C
Brake caliper
ECU (ABS)
ABS warning light
Brake fluid pressure
Time
Repressurizing
Chamber A
Chamber B
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00880
Self-diagnosis function
• ABS warning light
The ABS warning light
comes on when a
malfunction is detected by the ABS self-diagnosis. It is located in the meter assembly.
Main switch
OFF
ABS warning
light
• Instances when the ABS warning light
comes on
1) The ABS warning light comes on when the
main switch is set to “ON”.
The ABS warning light comes on for 2 seconds while the ABS is performing a selfdiagnosis, then goes off if there are no
problems.
2) The ABS warning light comes on while
riding.
If the ABS warning light comes on while
riding, a malfunction has been detected in
the ABS. The ABS hydraulic control will not
be performed. The ABS will have recourse
to manual braking if this occurs.
3) The ABS warning light flashes while riding.
If the ABS warning light flashes while riding,
there is no problem with the function of the
ABS. However, the ECU (ABS) input has
unstable factors. (For details, refer to
“TROUBLESHOOTING”.)
NOTE:
The ABS warning light comes on or flashes if
the motorcycle is ridden with the test coupler
adaptor connected to the test coupler.
Main switch
ON
Goes off
Comes on for
2 seconds.
Goes off
Preparation
ABS warning
light
Comes on
Comes on
Goes off
ABS warning
light
Preparation
46
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
4) The ABS warning light
flashes and maltifunction code
is indicated on the multifunction display when a test coupler adaptor
is connected to the 4-pin test coupler
for
troubleshooting the ABS.
The 4-pin test coupler can be accessed by
removing the side cowling (right).
When the test coupler adaptor is connected to
the 4-pin test coupler, the ABS warning light
starts flashing and the multifunction display
indicates all the maltifunction codes recorded
in the ECU (ABS).
Test coupler adaptor
90890-03149
NOTE:
The ABS warning light comes on or flashes if
the motorcycle is ridden with the test coupler
adaptor connected to the test coupler.
47
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
Cautions for operation
ABS warning light:
• When the main switch is set to “ON”, the ABS warning light comes on for 2 seconds, then goes
off.
• If the ABS warning light comes on while riding, stop the motorcycle, and then set the main switch
to “OFF”, then set the main switch to “ON”. The ABS operation is normal if the ABS warning light
comes on for 2 seconds, then off.
• If the rear wheel is raced with the motorcycle on the centerstand, the ABS warning light may flash
or come on. If this occurs, set the main switch to “OFF”, then back to “ON”. The ABS operation is
normal if the ABS warning light comes on for 2 seconds, then goes off.
• The ABS operation is normal if the ABS warning light flashes.
• Even if the ABS warning light remains on and does not go off or if it comes on after riding, conventional braking performance of the motorcycle is maintained.
ABS function:
• A brake system in which the hydraulic control has been performed by the ABS alerts a rider that
the wheels had a tendency to lock by generating a reaction-force pulsating action in the brake
lever or brake pedal. When the ABS is activated, the grip between the road surface and tires is
close to the limit. The ABS cannot prevent wheel lock* on slippery surfaces such as ice, when it is
caused by engine braking, even if the ABS is activated.
• The ABS is not designed to shorten the braking distance or improve the cornering performance.
• Depending on the road conditions, the braking distance may be longer compared to that of vehicles not equipped with an ABS. Therefore, ride at a safe speed and keep a safe distance between
yourself and other vehicles.
• The braking of the motorcycle, even in the worst case, is principally executed when the motorcycle is advancing straight ahead. During a turn, sudden braking is liable to cause a loss of traction
of the tires. Even motorcycles equipped with an ABS cannot be prevented from falling over if
braked suddenly.
• The ABS does not work when the main switch is set to “OFF”. The conventional braking function
can be used.
* Wheel lock: A condition that occurs when the rotation of one or both of the wheels has stopped
but the motorcycle continues to travel.
48
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00882
ABS COMPONENTS
Front brake hose (front brake master cylinder to
hydraulic unit)
ABS test coupler
ABS warning light
Front brake hose (hydraulic unit to front brake caliper)
Front wheel sensor
Front wheel sensor rotor
Electronic control unit (ECU)
49
Rear brake hose (hydraulic unit to rear brake caliper)
Rear brake hose (rear brake master cylinder to
hydraulic unit)
Hydraulic unit
Rear wheel sensor rotor
Rear wheel sensor
Fuse box
Fail-safe relay
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00889
FRONT WHEEL SENSOR AND SENSOR ROTOR
40 Nm (4.0 m•kg, 29 ft•lb)
40 Nm (4.0 m•kg, 29 ft•lb)
40 Nm (4.0 m•kg, 29 ft•lb)
72 Nm (7.2 m•kg, 52 ft•lb)
20 Nm (2.0 m•kg, 14 ft•lb)
40 Nm (4.0 m•kg, 29 ft•lb)
18 Nm (1.8 m•kg, 13 ft•lb)
18 Nm (1.8 m•kg, 13 ft•lb)
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
Order
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Job/Part
Removing the front wheel sensor
and sensor rotor
Q’ty
Brake caliper (left and right)
Front wheel sensor
Wheel axle pinch bolt
Front wheel axle
Collar (right)
Sensor housing
Brake disc (left and right)
Front wheel
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Remarks
Remove the parts in the order listed.
NOTE:
Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand
so that the front wheel is elevated.
Loosen.
For installation, reverse the removal
procedure.
50
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
Maintenance of the front wheel sensor and
sensor rotor
• ABS wheel sensor and sensor rotor
CAUTION:
• Handle the ABS components with care
since they have been accurately adjusted.
Keep them away from dirt and do not subject them to shocks.
• The ABS wheel sensor cannot be disassembled. Do not attempt to disassemble
it. If faulty, replace with a new one.
• Removing the front wheel sensor
1. Remove:
• brake hose holder
• front wheel sensor lead holder
• brake caliper
• front wheel sensor
CAUTION:
• Be sure not to contact the sensor electrode to any metal part when removing the
front wheel sensor from the sensor housing.
• Do not operate the brake lever when
removing the brake caliper.
• Checking the front wheel sensor and sensor rotor
1. Check:
• front wheel sensor
Cracks/bends/distortion → Replace.
Iron powder/dust → Clean.
51
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
2. Measure:
• front wheel sensor resistance
Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1k) to the
terminals of the front wheel sensor coupler.
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
Regulated resistance
1.2 ~ 1.6 kΩ at 20 °C
Out of specification → Replace.
3. Check:
• front wheel sensor rotor
Cracks/damage → Replace the front wheel
assembly.
NOTE:
The wheel sensor rotor of the motorcycle is
inserted under pressure by a special process
and cannot be replaced as a single unit. To
replace the sensor rotor, replace the wheel
assembly.
• Installing the front wheel sensor
1. Install:
• front wheel
NOTE:
Align the slot in the sensor housing with the
projection of the front fork before assembly.
CAUTION:
Make sure there are no foreign materials in
the wheel hub. Foreign materials cause
damage to the inner sensor rotor and front
wheel sensor.
52
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
2. Install:
• front wheel sensor
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
• front wheel sensor lead holder
• brake caliper
40 Nm (4.0 m•kg, 29 ft•lb)
• brake hose holder
NOTE:
When installing the front wheel sensor, check
the wheel sensor lead for twists and the sensor
electrode for foreign materials.
CAUTION:
To route the front wheel sensor lead, refer
to “CABLE ROUTING”.
3. Check:
• front wheel sensor installation
Check if the wheel sensor housing is
installed properly. Refer to “P51 Maintenance of the front wheel sensor and sensor
rotor”.
53
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00890
REAR WHEEL SENSOR AND SENSOR ROTOR
40 Nm (4.0 m•kg, 29 ft•lb)
27 Nm (2.7 m•kg, 20 ft•lb)
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
150 Nm (15.0 m•kg, 108 ft•lb)
Order
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Job/Part
Q’ty
Remarks
Removing the rear wheel sensor and
Remove the parts in the order listed.
sensor rotor
NOTE:
Place the motorcycle on a suitable stand
so that the rear wheel is elevated.
Brake caliper
Brake caliper bracket bolt
Lock nut
Adjusting bolt
Rear wheel sensor
Wheel axle nut
Washer
Wheel axle
Adjusting block
Rear wheel
Sensor housing
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
For installation, reverse the removal
procedure.
54
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
Maintenance of the rear wheel sensor and
sensor rotor
CAUTION:
• Be sure not to contact the sensor electrode to any metal part when removing the
front wheel sensor from the sensor housing.
• Do not operate the brake lever when
removing the brake caliper.
• Removing the rear wheel sensor
1. Disconnect:
• rear wheel sensor
2. Remove:
• clamp
• rear wheel sensor lead holder
3. Remove:
• rear wheel sensor
CAUTION:
Be sure not to contact the sensor electrode
to any metal part when removing the rear
wheel sensor from the sensor housing.
• Checking the rear wheel sensor and sensor rotor
Refer to “Checking the front wheel sensor and
sensor rotor”.
55
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Installing the rear wheel sensor
1. Install:
• rear wheel
NOTE:
• Align the slot
of the sensor housing
with the projection
of the rear brake caliper
bracket , and then assemble them.
• After installation, check that the projection
of the rear brake caliper bracket is inserted
into the projection
of the sensor housing.
CAUTION:
Make sure there are no foreign materials in
the wheel hub. Foreign materials cause
damage to the inner sensor rotor and rear
wheel sensor.
2. Install:
• rear wheel sensor
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
NOTE:
When installing the rear wheel sensor, check
the rear wheel sensor lead for twists and the
sensor electrode for foreign materials.
CAUTION:
To route the rear wheel sensor lead, refer to
“CABLE ROUTING”.
3. Connect:
• rear wheel sensor coupler
• rear wheel sensor lead holder
• clamp
CAUTION:
To route the rear wheel sensor lead, refer to
“CABLE ROUTING”.
4. Check:
• rear wheel sensor installation
Check if the wheel sensor housing is
installed properly. Refer to “P55 Maintenance of the rear wheel sensor and sensor
rotor”.
56
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
EAS00891
HYDRAULIC UNIT
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
16 Nm (1.6 m•kg, 12 ft•lb)
16 Nm (1.6 m•kg, 12 ft•lb)
Order
Job/Part
Q’ty
Removing the hydraulic unit
Seat
Fuel tank
ABS motor coupler/Hydraulic unit sole- 1/1
noid coupler
Fail-safe relay/Fail-safe relay coupler
1/1
1
2
Brake fluid
Union bolt/copper washers
Front brake hose
3
4
5
Union bolt/copper washers
Front brake hose
Union bolt/copper washers
Remarks
Remove the parts in the order listed.
Refer to “SEAT” in chapter 3.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
Refer to “FUEL TANK” in chapter 3.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
Refer to “ECU (ABS) AND FAIL-SAFE
RELAY”.
Drain.
1/2
1 (front brake master cylinder to hydraulic
unit)
1/2
1 (hydraulic unit to front brake caliper)
1/2
57
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
16 Nm (1.6 m•kg, 12 ft•lb)
16 Nm (1.6 m•kg, 12 ft•lb)
Order
6
7
8
9
10
11
Job/Part
Rear brake hose
Union bolt/copper washers
Rear brake hose
Nut
Hydraulic unit
Hydraulic unit bracket 2
Q’ty
Remarks
1 (rear brake master cylinder to hydraulic
unit)
1/2
1 (hydraulic unit to rear brake caliper)
2
1
1
For assembly, reverse the disassembly
procedure.
58
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
Maintenance of the hydraulic unit
CAUTION:
Do not remove the hydraulic unit to check
the resistance of the solenoid valves and
the ABS motor for continuity.
WARNING
Refill with the same type of brake fluid that
is already in the system. Mixing fluids may
result in a harmful chemical reaction, leading to poor braking performance.
CAUTION:
• Handle the ABS components with care
since they have been accurately adjusted.
Keep them away from dirt and do not subject them to shocks.
• The ABS wheel sensor cannot be disassembled. Do not attempt to disassemble
it. If faulty, replace with a new one.
• Do not set the main switch to “ON” when
removing the hydraulic unit.
• Do not clean with compressed air.
• Do not reuse the brake fluid.
• Brake fluid may damage painted surfaces
and plastic parts. Therefore, always clean
up any spilt brake fluid immediately.
• Do not allow any brake fluid to contact the
couplers. Brake fluid may damage the
couplers and cause bad contacts.
• If the union bolts for the hydraulic unit
have been removed, be sure to tighten
them to the specified torque and bleed the
brake system.
59
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Checking the resistance of the solenoid
valves and ABS motor for continuity
CAUTION:
When check the hydraulic unit solenoid
relay and ABS motor, do not remove the
brake hoses.
1. Measure:.
• resistance of the solenoid valve (front)
Connect a pocket tester (Ω × 1) to the terminals of the solenoid valve (front).
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
Solenoid valve resistance
2.96 ~ 3.20 Ω at 20 °C
Out of specification → Replace the hydraulic unit.
2. Measure:
• resistance of the solenoid valve (rear)
Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) to the terminals of solenoid valve (rear).
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
Solenoid valve resistance
2.96 ~ 3.20 Ω at 20 °C
Out of specification → Replace the hydraulic unit.
3. Check:
• ABS motor for continuity
Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) to the terminals of the ABS motor coupler.
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
There is continuity.
No continuity → Replace the hydraulic unit.
60
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Removing the hydraulic unit
1. Remove:
• brake hose
(from the front brake master
cylinder)
• brake hose
(to the front brake caliper)
• brake hose
(from the rear brake master
cylinder)
• brake hose
(to the rear brake caliper)
NOTE:
Do not operate the brake lever and brake pedal
while removing the brake hoses.
CAUTION:
When removing the brake hoses, cover the
area around the hydraulic unit to catch any
spilt brake fluid. Do not allow the brake
fluid to contact other parts.
2. Remove:
• hydraulic unit bracket 2
NOTE:
Loosen the nuts in the proper sequence.
3. Remove:
• hydraulic unit
NOTE:
To avoid brake fluid leakage and to prevent foreign materials from entering the hydraulic unit,
insert a rubber plug
or a bolt (M10 × 1.25)
into each union bolt hole.
• Checking the hydraulic unit
1. Check:
• hydraulic unit
Cracks/damage → Replace the hydraulic
unit.
61
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
• Installing the hydraulic unit
Proceed in the reverse order of disassembly.
Pay attention to the following items.
1. Install:
• hydraulic unit bracket 2
16 Nm (1.6 m•kg, 12 ft•lb)
NOTE:
Tighten the nuts in the proper sequence.
2. Install:
• hydraulic unit
NOTE:
Do not allow any foreign materials to enter the
hydraulic unit or the brake hoses when installing the hydraulic unit.
CAUTION:
Do not remove the rubber plugs or bolts
(M10 × 1.25) installed in the union bolt
holes before installing the hydraulic unit.
3. Remove:
• rubber plugs or bolts (M10 × 1.25)
4. Install:
• copper washer
• brake hose
(to the rear brake caliper)
• brake hose
(from the rear brake master
cylinder)
• brake hose
(to the front brake caliper)
• brake hose
(from the front brake master
cylinder)
• union bolt
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
WARNING
The brake hoses to the front and rear brake
calipers can be distinguished by the rubber
at the end of each hose. Be sure to connect
each brake hose to the correct union bolt
hole.
CAUTION:
To route the front and rear brake hoses,
refer to “CABLE ROUTING”.
62
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
5. Fill:
• brake master cylinder reservoirs
Recommended brake fluid
DOT 4
6. Bleed the brake system.
7. Check the operation of the hydraulic unit
according to the brake lever and the brake
pedal response. (Refer to “P68 Hydraulic
unit operation test 1”.)
CAUTION:
Always check the operation of the hydraulic unit according to the brake lever and the
brake pedal response.
8. Delete the malfunction codes. (Refer to
“P120 Deleting the malfunction codes”.)
9. Perform a trial run. (Refer to “P73 Trial
run”.)
63
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
HYDRAULIC ABS
EAS00892
Bleeding the ABS system
WARNING
Always bleed the brake system when the
brake related parts are removed.
CAUTION:
Bleed the brake system in the following
order.
1st: Front brake caliper
2nd: Rear brake caliper
• Brake lever
• Brake pedal
• Front brake hose
master cylinder)
• Rear brake hose
master cylinder)
64
(from the front brake
(from the rear brake
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
Bleeding instruction
Hydraulic unit
Brake caliper
Solenoid valve
Buffer chamber
Hydraulic pump
Brake master cylinder pressure
Hydraulic pump pressure
EAS00134
Bleeding the ABS brake
WARNING
Bleed the ABS whenever:
• the system is disassembled.
• a brake hose is loosened, disconnected or
replaced.
• the brake fluid level is very low.
• brake operation is faulty.
NOTE:
• Be careful not to spill any brake fluid or allow
the brake master cylinder reservoir or brake
fluid reservoir to overflow.
• When bleeding the ABS, make sure there is
always enough brake fluid before applying the
brake. Ignoring this precaution could allow air
to enter the ABS, considerably lengthening
the bleeding procedure.
• If bleeding is difficult, it may be necessary to
let the brake fluid settle for a few hours.
• Repeat the bleeding procedure when the tiny
bubbles in the hose have disappeared.
65
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
1. Remove:
• seat
Refer to “SEAT” in chapter 3.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
2. Bleed:
• ABS
a. Fill the brake fluid reservoir to the proper
level with the recommended brake fluid.
b. Install the diaphragm (brake master cylinder reservoir or brake fluid reservoir).
c. Connect a clear plastic hose
tightly to
the bleed screw .
Front
Rear
d. Place the other end of the hose into a container.
e. Slowly apply the brake several times.
f. Fully squeeze the brake lever or fully
depress the brake pedal and hold it in position.
g. Loosen the bleed screw.
NOTE:
Loosening the bleed screw will release the
pressure and cause the brake lever to contact
the throttle grip or the brake pedal to fully
extend.
h. Tighten the bleed screw, and then release
the brake lever or brake pedal.
i. Repeat steps (e) to (h) until all of the air
bubbles have disappeared from the brake
fluid in the plastic hose.
j. Check the operation of the hydraulic unit.
Refer to “P68 Hydraulic unit operation test
1”.
CAUTION:
Make sure that the main switch is set to
“OFF” before checking the operation of the
hydraulic unit.
k. After operating the ABS, repeat steps (e) to
(i), and then fill the primary circuit with the
recommended brake fluid.
66
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
l.
CHAS
Tighten the bleed screw to the specified
torque.
Bleed screw
6 Nm (0.6 m•kg, 4.3 ft•lb)
m. Fill the brake fluid reservoir to the proper
level with the recommended brake fluid.
Refer to “CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL” in chapter 3.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
WARNING
After bleeding the ABS, check the brake
operation.
• Final check
Checking procedures
1. Check the brake fluid level in the brake
master cylinder reservoirs.
2. Check the wheel sensors for proper installation.
3. Perform hydraulic unit operation test 1 or 2.
4. Delete the malfunction codes.
5. Perform a trial run.
• Checking the brake fluid level of the brake
master cylinder reservoirs
1. Check:
• brake fluid level
Refer to “CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL” in chapter 3.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• Checking the wheel sensors for proper
installation
1. Check if the front wheel sensor housing and
the rear wheel sensor housing are installed
correctly. (Refer to “P51 Maintenance of the
front wheel sensor and sensor rotor” and
“P55 Maintenance of the rear wheel sensor
and sensor rotor”.)
67
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
2. Check:
• installation of the wheel sensors to the sensor housings (Refer to “P51 Maintenance of
the front wheel sensor and sensor rotor”
and “P55 Maintenance of the rear wheel
sensor and sensor rotor”.)
Wheel sensor
30 Nm (3.0 m•kg, 22 ft•lb)
Hydraulic unit operation test
The reaction-force pulsating action generated
in the brake lever and brake pedal when the
ABS is activated can be tested when the
motorcycle is stopped.
The hydraulic unit operation can be tested by
the following two methods.
• Hydraulic unit operation test 1: this test generates the same reaction-force pulsating
action that is generated in the brake lever
and brake pedal when the ABS is activated.
• Hydraulic unit operation test 2: this test
checks the function of the ABS after the
system was disassembled, adjusted, or serviced.
• Hydraulic unit operation test 1
WARNING
Securely support the motorcycle so that
there is no danger of it falling over.
1. Place the motorcycle on the sidestand.
2. Set the main switch to “OFF”.
3. Remove:
• seat
Refer to “SEAT”.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• right side cowling
Refer to “FRONT COWLINGS”.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
68
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
4. Check:
• battery voltage
Battery voltage
Higher than 12.8 V
Lower than 12.8 V → Charge or replace the
battery.
NOTE:
• If the battery voltage is lower than 12.8 V,
charge the battery and perform hydraulic unit
operation test 1.
• If the battery voltage is lower than 10 V, the
ABS warning light comes on and the ABS
does not operate.
5. Connect the test coupler adaptor
test coupler .
to the
Test coupler adaptor
90890-03149
6. Set the engine stop switch
to “ ”.
7. Set the main switch to “ON”.
NOTE:
After setting the main switch to “ON”, wait
(approximately 2 seconds) until the ABS warning light goes off.
8. Push the start switch
onds.
for at least 4 sec-
CAUTION:
Do not operate the brake lever or the brake
pedal.
69
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
9. After releasing the start switch, operate the
brake lever and the brake pedal simultaneously.
NOTE:
• A reaction-force pulsating action is generated
in the brake lever
0.5 second after the
brake lever and the brake pedal are operated
simultaneously and continues for approximately 1 second.
• Be sure to continue to operate the brake lever
and brake pedal even after the pulsating
action has stopped.
10.After the pulsating action has stopped in
the brake lever, it is generated in the brake
pedal
0.5 second after and continues for
approximately 1 second.
NOTE:
Be sure to continue to operate the brake lever
and brake pedal even after the pulsating action
has stopped.
11.After the pulsating action has stopped in
the brake pedal, it is generated in the brake
lever 0.5 second after and continues for
approximately 1 second.
CAUTION:
• Check that the pulsating action is felt in
the brake lever, brake pedal, and again in
the brake lever, in this order.
• If the pulsating action is felt in the brake
pedal before it is felt in the brake lever,
check that the brake hoses are connected
correctly to the hydraulic unit.
• If the pulsating action is hardly felt in
either the brake lever or brake pedal,
check that the brake hoses are connected
correctly to the hydraulic unit.
70
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
12.Set the main switch to “OFF”.
13.Remove the test coupler adaptor from the
test coupler.
14.Set the main switch to “ON”.
15.Set the engine stop switch to “ ”.
• Hydraulic unit operation test 2
WARNING
Securely support the motorcycle so that
there is no danger of it falling over.
1. Place the motorcycle on the centerstand.
2. Set the main switch to “OFF”.
3. Remove:
• seat
Refer to “SEAT”.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• right side cowling
Refer to “FRONT COWLINGS”.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
4. Check:
• battery voltage
Battery voltage
Higher than 12.8 V
Lower than 12.8 V → Charge or replace the
battery.
NOTE:
• If the battery voltage is lower than 12.8 V,
charge the battery and perform hydraulic unit
operation test 2.
• If the battery voltage is lower than 10 V, the
ABS warning light comes on and the ABS
does not operate.
5. Connect the test coupler adaptor
test coupler .
Test coupler adaptor
90890-03149
71
to the
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
6. Set the main switch to “ON” while operating
the brake lever and the brake pedal simultaneously.
CAUTION:
When the main switch is set to “ON”, be
sure to operate both the brake levers and
the brake pedal simultaneously. If only the
brake levers or brake pedal are operated,
set the main switch to “OFF” and start the
procedure again.
Main switch
On
ABS
warning
light
7. Check:
• Hydraulic unit operation
When the main switch is set to “ON”, the
ABS warning light comes on for 2 seconds,
goes off for 3 seconds, then starts flashing.
When the ABS warning light starts flashing,
the brake lever
will return to its home
position. The brake pedal
will then return
to its home position, then the brake lever
will return to its home position again.
ON
OFF
Flashing
2.0
seconds
3.0
seconds
0.5
second
0.5
second
0.5
second
ABS motor
CAUTION:
• Check that the brake lever returns to its
home position before the brake pedal
returns to its home position.
• If the brake pedal returns to its home position before the brake lever does, check
that the brake hoses are connected correctly to the hydraulic unit.
• If either the brake lever or brake pedal
returns to its home position slowly, check
that the brake hoses are connected correctly to the hydraulic unit.
• If the operation of the hydraulic unit is normal, delete all of the malfunction codes.
72
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHAS
CHECKING THE RESERVOIR TANK FLUID
LEVEL
1. Check:
• brake fluid level
Keep the reservoir cap horizontal and check
the level.
Less than the low level → Add the brake
fluid more than low level .
Recommended brake fluid
DOT #4
CAUTION:
• Do not mix the brake fluids of different
brands.
• If the brake fluid is attached to the coated
surface, plastics or rubbers, it may cause
the damage. Do not allow it to attach. Wipe
off the attached brake fluid immediately.
TRIAL RUN
After all checks and services are completed,
always ensure the motorcycle has no problems
by performing the trial running at a speed of
faster than 10 km/h.
73
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
‘
EAS00729
ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
Rear brake light switch
Oil level switch
Radiator fan motor
ECU (ABS)
Horn
Wire harness
Ignition coil
Front brake light switch
Clutch switch
Fail safe relay
Starter relay
Fuse box
Battery
Neutral switch
Sidestand switch
74
ELEC
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
Coolant temperature sensor
Atomospheric pressure sensor
Intake air tempreture sensor
Intake air pressure sensor
Lean angle cut-off switch
Turn signal relay
Fuel injection system relay
Radiator fan motor relay
Rear wheel sensor
Starting circuit cut-off relay
Speed sensor
O2 sensor
Crankshaft position sensor
Front wheel sensor
Cylinder identification sensor
ECU
75
ELEC
CHECKING THE SWITCHES
ELEC
EAS00731
CHECKING THE SWITCHES
Check each switch for damage or wear, proper connections, and also for continuity between the terminals. Refer to “CHECKING SWITCH CONTINUITY”.
Damage/wear Repair or replace.
Improperly connected Properly connect.
Incorrect continuity reading Replace the switch.
Main switch
Horn switch
Pass switch
Dimmer switch
Hazard switch
Turn signal switch
Clutch switch
Engine stop switch
Start switch
Front brake light switch
76
Neutral switch
Rear brake light switch
Fuses
Sidestand switch
W W W
R/W
P
Br
10
OFF
ON
G/Y
MAIN
B
W
R
R
80
W
W
W
B
B
B
B
Br/L
Br/L
Br/L
R
Br/R
Br/L
R
Br/R
2
B
W
Br/L
Br/R
77
76
79
78
B B
B B
11
R
B
B
R
B
B
B
B
B
B
B L/R
Br
75
BrG
R/B B Br
55
5
G/Y W/L R/W
R/Y
R/W
B
B
R
R
R
Br B R/B
R/W L/W G/Y
R
B/W
R
R
R
B
B
Br/L
Br/W
B
B
B/W
56
B B
73
Y/L G/L R/W
B B R/G
R/W Lg Y/L
R/G B
B
9
7
B/W
R
G/L
Y L/R B
Y/L
R/W
L/W R/W
L/W
R/W
RUN
OFF
57
Br Y
12
8
6
B
Br/R
B
G/Y
B
L
B
L
L
81
82
B L
74
Y
R
R/G
3
R/G
R/W
R/W
Y
R/Y
B
L/B
R/Y
PUSH
FREE
58
13
Y/B
R/B W/L R/L
72
71
L/B
B
Lg
B/Y
B/W B/R L/W L/R R/W L/G L/Y Sb
Br/R L/W G/R
R/B
B/Y
4
L/R
Br/L
B
L/W
R/W
W/L
Lg
Sb
Sb
L/Y
L/G
16
B
L/G
59
L/G B
B B
15
14
Br/R
ON
OFF
60
R/L
Br/L
L/W
HEADLIGHT SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
R/W
B/L
B/L P/W L
HI
LO
ON
62
G/R B/L
Br/W B/L
B/L P L
W/B
L
L
21
20
B/L
Y B/L
Gy G/W
E
B/L
B/L
B/L
P
L
B/L
Gy
54
P/W
G/W
B
Ch
67
B
N
L
R
64
L Y/G B/L
G/R
L
Y
B/L
ON
Ch
A
B
B
Br/W
L
Y
B/L
OFF
63
BrG
Br/W
23
22
B
L
Y
B/L
18
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
P/W P/W
L
G/W L/Y
19
HEADLIGHT SUB-WIRE
HARNESS 1
OFF
61
B/L
L W/B
B/L
W L/Y
17
66
Br
A
B/L Br/W
L R/L
L
24
Ch D Ch
B
Dg
68
B
Dg
Gy/G
65
L/Y
B/Y
L/Y
B/Y
Gy/G
R/W
Y/G
G/R
Br/W
P
P/W
Y
L
B/L
W/B
G/W
Gy
L/W
L/Y
B/Y
R/W
L/R
R/L
E
L G/Y
Br/W
B/L
D
B
Ch
69
B
Ch
Dg D Dg
Ch L/Y B B/Y Br
Dg Y L/B Br/W R/Y
Br B/Y B L/Y Ch
R/Y Br/W L/B Y Dg
25
W L
26
Br/W
Gy/G B/L
B
Dg
70
B
Dg
F
R/W Br
G/Y L
W/Y
Y/L
G/Y
Y/B
Br/B
Br/R
A
A
R/B R/B
G/B G/B
Br/B R/W
D
53
W B
R/L
R/L
48
45
52
51
50
49
47
46
G/R
D
G/R
W/Y G/R G L Br/W Y
Br/R Y/B
R/W
44
R/L B
W Y/L B/W L/R G/L Lg Br R/G
G/R
L
Br/W
Y
G/L
W
G
R/G
Br
B/L
B/L
G B/W
L W/Y
R/W
W L/Y
31
R/L R/B
R/L G/B
R/W L/R
Br Br/R
30
29
Br/B
Br/R
43
L
B/L
B W
L
L
W/Y
27
28
Br/W P/W Y Y/L Gy B/L
ABS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 1
L/W B/Y L/Y R/W Br/B G/Y
WIRE HARNESS
B B/W
L/W P/W W/B W/R
Br/W Y
B/W B Y Br/W
G
W/R W/B P/W L/W
Y/G P G/R R/L W/B G/W B/W
Br/R R/W
R/B R/B
G/B G/B
O
GyR
Gy/G W/Y
L
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
WIRE HARNESS RELAY SUB-WIREHARNESS
Br R/W
R/W Br/B
Br/W B/L
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 3
Br/B R/W
G/B R/B
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 1
R/L L
Ch
WIRE HARNESS
Br/W
E
Br/W
WIRE HARNESS
BrG
R/B G/B
B/W
P/W
B/W
B/L
B/W
Y
G D G
B
R/G
B/L
B/W
R/L A R/L
P/W Y
B/L
Br/W
Br/B
E
Br/B
R/W
E
R/W
G/L R/G Y/L
B/Y
36
R/L
B
W/Y W B/W
L/Y
B W/L W/Y
W R/W W/G
B/W
B/W
W/Y
Y/L
Lg
R/B
R/B
O
W/G R/W W
W/Y W/L B
W/Y
35
C
W/Y
B Sb
W/R Lg
Lg W/R
Sb B
Lg
W/Y
Lg
W/R
W/Y W/L B
W/G R/W W
Br/W Y B B/W
L/W P/W W/B W/R
Y
Br/W
L/W
Sb
L/W W/B P/W W/R
W/R
Br/W
Lg
34
33
Sb
34
32
ABS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
H
GyR
B/W
R/B G/B O GyR B/W
WIRE HARNESS
G
B/W
C
B
Y/L R/G G/L
L/R
B
Br
Br
Y/L
B/W W W/Y
Br/W
Br
D
Br
Lg
D
Lg
C
Y/L
B/W
C
B/W
Dg Lg Br
B/Y
B/W W/Y
W/L
W/G
37
B
W
L/W
L/W
B Y G/R Br/W Ch G L
P/W
P/W
L/R L/B
W/B
W/B
B
W/R
W/R
B
Br/W
Br/W
W
R/W
B
W/G
W/L
P/W
W/B
R/W
B
W
B/W
W/Y
B/Y
W/Y
B Sb
Y
Y
1
R
Br
L
L
G/Y
G/Y
F
G/Y
F
L
L
B
B
Br/R
R/W
Br
Br
F
Br
F
R/W
L/R
D
L/R
L/R
B
R/W
Y
B/W
B/W
D
R/Y
L/B
Y
Y
B
R/Y
L/B
W/L
R/Y
Y/B
L/B
D
B/W
B/W
W/G
W/G
L/B L/R
B
R/W
R/W
38
B W/L W/Y
W R/W W/G
B/W B Y Br/W
W/RW/BP/W L/W
W/G W/L
W W
W G
R R
39
Br/W
B
B
W
B/Y
W/Y
P/W
L G Ch Br/W G/R Y B
W/B
R/W
42
41
40
B W
B W
W
W/L
L/R
B
B
W
W
W/R
W
W
W/G
R/W
R/W
B/W
Br Lg Dg
L/B
B
L/B
Y
Y D Y
Ch
B
W/L
W/L
Y/G
Dg
Dg
B
R/B
Fuse (main)
Starter relay
Starter motor
Battery
Main switch
Starting circuit cut-off relay
Sidestand switch
Neutral switch
Engine stop switch
Start switch
Clutch switch
Fuse (ignition)
B
Ch
B
B
Y
B
B
D
Dg
B
G/L
C
G/L
W/Y
W/Y
C
R/G
W
C
W
W
B
B
B
77
B
W
B R/W W/B
W B
W/Y B/Y
B/W R/W
R/W B
P/W Br/W W/R R/W
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00755
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00756
STARTING CIRCUIT CUT-OFF SYSTEM
OPERATION
If the engine stop switch is set to “ ” and the
main switch is set to “ON” (both switches are
closed), the starter motor can only operate if at
least one of the following conditions is met:
• The transmission is in neutral (the neutral
switch is closed).
• The clutch lever is pulled to the handlebar
(the clutch switch is closed) and the sidestand is up (the sidestand switch is closed).
The starting circuit cut-off relay prevents the
starter motor from operating when neither of
these conditions has been met. In this
instance, the starting circuit cut-off relay is
open so current cannot reach the starter
motor. When at least one of the above conditions has been met the starting circuit cut-off
relay is closed and the engine can be started
by pressing the starter switch.
WHEN THE TRANSMISSION IS IN
NEUTRAL
WHEN THE SIDESTAND IS UP AND
THE CLUTCH LEVER IS PULLED
TO THE HANDLEBAR
Battery
Main fuse
Main switch
Ignition fuse
Engine stop switch
Starting circuit cut-off relay
Diode (starting circuit cut-off relay)
Clutch switch
Sidestand switch
Neutral switch
Start switch
Starter relay
Starter motor
78
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00739
EAS00757
TROUBLESHOOTING
The starter motor fails to turn.
Check:
1.main and ignition fuses
2.battery
3.starter motor
4.starting circuit cut-off relay
5.diode (starting circuit cut-off relay)
6.starter relay
7.main switch
8.engine stop switch
9.neutral switch
10.sidestand switch
11.clutch switch
12.start switch
13.wiring connections
(of the entire starting system)
NOTE:
• Before troubleshooting, remove the following
part(s):
1) seat
2) fuel tank
3) air filter case
4) side cowlings
• Troubleshoot with the following special
tool(s).
2. Battery
• Check the condition of the battery.
Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING
THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. (Manual No.:
5PS1-AE1)
Minimum open-circuit voltage
12.8 V or more at 20°C
• Is the battery OK?
NO
YES
• Clean the battery
terminals.
• Recharge or replace the battery.
EAS00758
3. Starter motor
• Connect the positive battery terminal
and starter motor lead
with a jumper
lead .
Pocket tester
90890-03132
EAS00738
1. Main and ignition fuses
• Check the main and ignition fuses for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE FUSES” in chapter 3. (Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• Are the main and ignition fuses OK?
YES
WARNING
• A wire that is used as a jumper lead
must have at least the same capacity or
more as that of the battery lead, otherwise the jumper lead may burn.
• This check is likely to produce sparks,
therefore make sure nothing flammable
is in the vicinity.
NO
Replace the fuse(s).
• Does the starter motor turn?
YES
NO
Repair or replace
the starter motor.
79
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
EAS00759
ELEC
Tester positive probe →
black/yellow
Tester negative probe →
sky blue
4. Starting circuit cut-off relay
• Disconnect the starting circuit cut-off relay
from the wire harness.
• Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) and battery (12 V) to the starting circuit cut-off relay
terminals as shown.
Tester positive probe →
blue/yellow
Tester negative probe →
sky blue
Battery positive terminal →
red/black
Battery negative terminal →
black/yellow
Tester positive probe →
blue/yellow
Tester negative probe →
blue/green
Tester positive prove → blue/white
Tester negative prove → white/blue
Tester positive probe →
sky blue
Tester negative probe →
black/yellow
Tester positive probe →
sky blue
Tester negative probe →
blue/yellow
No
continuity
Tester positive probe →
blue/green
Tester negative probe →
blue/yellow
• Does the starting circuit cut-off relay have
continuity between blue/white and black?
YES
Continuity
NO
Replace the starting
circuit cut-off relay.
EAS00760
5. Starting circuit cut-off relay (diode)
• Disconnect the starting circuit cut-off relay
from the wire harness.
• Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) to the
starting circuit cut-off relay terminals as
shown.
• Measure the starting circuit cut-off relay for
continuity as follows.
NOTE:
When you switch the tester’s positive and
negative probes, the readings in the above
chart will be reversed.
• Are the testing readings correct?
YES
NO
Replace the starting
circuit cut-off relay.
80
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
EAS00761
ELEC
EAS00750
6. Starter relay
8. Engine stop switch
• Disconnect the starter relay from the coupler.
• Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) and battery (12 V) to the starter relay terminals as
shown.
• Check the engine stop switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the engine stop switch OK?
YES
Battery positive terminal →
red/white
Battery negative terminal →
blue/white
NO
Replace the right
handlebar switch.
Tester positive probe → red
Tester negative probe → black
EAS00751
9. Neutral switch
• Check the neutral switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the neutral switch OK?
YES
NO
Replace the neutral
switch.
EAS00752
• Does the starter relay have continuity
between red and black?
YES
10. Sidestand switch
• Check the sidestand switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the sidestand switch OK?
NO
Replace the starter
relay.
YES
Replace the sidestand switch.
EAS00749
7. Main switch
• Check the main switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the main switch OK?
YES
NO
EAS00763
11. Clutch switch
• Check the clutch switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the clutch switch OK?
NO
Replace the main
switch.
YES
NO
Replace the clutch
switch.
81
ELECTRIC STARTING SYSTEM
EAS00764
12. Start switch
• Check the start switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the start switch OK?
YES
NO
Replace the right
handlebar switch.
EAS00766
13. Wiring
• Check the entire starting system’s wiring.
Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.
• Is the starting system’s wiring properly connected and without defects?
YES
The starting system
circuit is OK.
NO
Properly connect or
repair the starting
system’s wiring.
82
ELEC
W W W
1
R/W
P
B
L
L
G/Y
R
B
L
Br
10
OFF
ON
MAIN
B
W
R
Br/R
80
W
Br/L
81
82
B
B
B
B
Br/L
Br/L
Br/L
R
Br/R
Br/L
R
Br/R
2
B
W
Br/L
Br/R
77
76
79
78
B
B
B
B
11
B
B
R
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B L/R
Br
75
BrG
R/B B Br
55
5
G/Y W/L R/W
R/Y
R/W
B
R
R
R
Br B R/B
R/W L/W G/Y
R
R
R
R
B
B
W
R
B/W
W
B
B/W
B
56
G/L
B L
6
Y
Y/L
L/W
R/W
RUN
OFF
57
Br Y
12
8
Y L/R B
74
B B
73
Y/L G/L R/W
B B R/G
R/W Lg Y/L
R/G B
B
9
7
B/W
R
R/W
L/W R/W
B
Br/W
R
R/G
Br/R
Y
R/Y
B
L/B
R/Y
PUSH
FREE
58
13
Y/B
72
71
L/B
B
Lg
B/Y
16
L/G
59
L/G B
B B
15
14
ON
OFF
60
L
B/L
B/L P/W L
HI
LO
ON
62
G/R B/L
Br/W B/L
B/L P L
W/B
L
21
20
B/L
Y B/L
Gy G/W
OFF
61
B/L
L W/B
B/L
W L/Y
17
66
Br
R/B
R/W
W/Y W B/W
R/B W/L R/L
B/W B/R L/W L/R R/W L/G L/Y Sb
Br/R L/W G/R
L/W
3
B
G/Y
R/B
B/Y
4
R/G
Br/L
B
Br/R
R/L
Br/L
L/R
R/W
R/W
L/W
R/W
W/L
Lg
Sb
Sb
L/Y
L/G
B
E
B/L
B/L
B/L
P
L
B/L
B/L
B/L
ON
OFF
63
BrG
Br/W
23
22
B
54
P/W
B
G/R
L
Y
B/L
L
N
R
64
L Y/G B/L
Ch
67
B
Ch
A
B
B
Br/W
Y
L
B/L
L
G/W
Gy
Y
B/L
18
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
P/W P/W
L
G/W L/Y
19
HEADLIGHT SUB-WIRE
HARNESS 1
Br/W
E
Br/W
B/W W W/Y
BrG
WIRE HARNESS
L R/L
R/L L
L
24
Ch D Ch
B
Dg
68
B
Dg
Gy/G
65
L/Y
B/Y
L/Y
B/Y
Gy/G
R/W
Y/G
G/R
Br/W
P
P/W
Y
L
B/L
W/B
G/W
Gy
L/W
L/Y
B/Y
R/W
L/R
R/L
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 1
B/L Br/W
Br/W B/L
Br/W
B/L
D
B
Ch
69
B
Ch
Dg D Dg
Ch L/Y B B/Y Br
Dg Y L/B Br/W R/Y
Br B/Y B L/Y Ch
R/Y Br/W L/B Y Dg
25
W L
26
Br/W
Gy/G B/L
B
Dg
70
B
Dg
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 3
B/W
B Y G/R Br/W Ch G L
B/W
HEADLIGHT SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
B/W
WIRE HARNESS
Ch
R/W Br/B
G/Y L
L G/Y
W/Y
Y/L
G/Y
Y/B
Br/B
Br/R
A
A
R/B R/B
G/B G/B
Br/B R/W
D
L
53
W B
R/L
R/L
Br
48
52
51
50
49
47
46
45
G/R
D
G/R
W/Y G/R G L Br/W Y
B/W
W/Y
Y/L
Lg
R/B
R/B
O
W/G R/W W
W/Y W/L B
Sb B
W/Y
35
C
W/Y
Lg
W/Y
B
B
W/Y
W/Y W/L B
W/G R/W W
Br/W Y B B/W
L/W P/W W/B W/R
W/L
Y
W/G
P/W
Br/W
38
W/RW/BP/W L/W
B W/L W/Y
W R/W W/G
B/W B Y Br/W
W G
W/G W/L
W W
R R
B
Y
W/B
R/W
39
R/W
W
L/W
B/Y
W/R Lg
B/W
W/Y
W/R
B Sb
Lg
37
W/L
W/G
W
Sb
B/Y
B/W W/Y
W/R
L/W W/B P/W W/R
Lg
Br/W
Sb
34
33
B Sb
Lg W/R
34
32
ABS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
H
GyR
B/W
R/B G/B O GyR B/W
B/W
36
B W/L W/Y
W R/W W/G
WIRE HARNESS
Br/R Y/B
R/W
44
R/L B
G B/W
B/L
W Y/L B/W L/R G/L Lg Br R/G
G/R
L
Br/W
Y
G/L
W
G
R/G
B/L
W L/Y
31
R/W
L W/Y
Br Br/R
R/L R/B
R/L G/B
R/W L/R
L/W B/Y L/Y R/W Br/B G/Y
30
29
Br/B
Br/R
43
B W
L
B/L
W/Y
L
27
28
Br/W P/W Y Y/L Gy B/L
ABS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 1
B B/W
Br/W Y
B/W B Y Br/W
WIRE HARNESS
L/W P/W W/B W/R
G
W/R W/B P/W L/W
Y/G P G/R R/L W/B G/W B/W
Br/R R/W
R/B R/B
G/B G/B
O
GyR
Gy/G W/Y
L
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
WIRE HARNESS RELAY SUB-WIREHARNESS
R/W Br
F
Br R/W
R/G
E
B/W
R/L A R/L
Br/B R/W
G D G
L G Ch Br/W G/R Y B
B/L
Br/W
Br/B
E
Br/B
R/W
E
R/W
G/B R/B
B
A
B/Y
R/L
L/R
R/B G/B
B
P/W
Y/L
Y
L/Y
G
B/W
B
Br
Br
Lg
D
Lg
C
Y/L
B/W
C
B/W
B
L/W
L/W
P/W Y
P/W
P/W
G/L R/G Y/L
W/B
W/B
C
Br/W
B
W/R
W/R
Y/L R/G G/L
Y
Br
D
Br
B
Br/W
Br/W
Dg Lg Br
B
B
Y
W
R
Br
Br
F
R/W
F
R/W
R/W
L/R
D
L/R
L/R
B
B/W
B/W
L/R L/B
R/Y
L/B
Y
Y
B
R/Y
L/B
W/L
R/Y
Y/B
L/B
D
B/W
B/W
W/G
W/G
D
B
W
W
Br/W
B
B
W
B/Y
W/Y
P/W
L/B L/R
W/B
R/W
42
41
40
B W
B W
W
W/L
L/R
B
B
R/W
R/W
W/R
W
W
W/G
R/W
R/W
B/W
Br Lg Dg
L/B
B
L/B
Y
Y D Y
Ch
B
B
B
Y/G
Dg
Dg
B
Br
Br
L
L
G/Y
G/Y
F
G/Y
F
L
L
B
Ch
B
B
Y
B
B
D
Dg
B
G/L
C
G/L
W/L
W/L
C
R/G
W
C
W
W
B
W/Y
W/Y
83
B
W
B R/W W/B
W B
W/Y B/Y
B/W R/W
R/W B
P/W Br/W W/R R/W
SIGNALING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00780
SIGNALING SYSTEM
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
SIGNALING SYSTEM
Fuse (main)
Battery
Main switch
Fuse (backup)
Starting circuit cut-off relay
Neutral switch
ECU
Fuel pump
Oil level warning light
Neutral indicator light
Multi-function meter
Engine trouble warning light
Turn signal indicator light
Oil level switch
Turn signal relay
Front brake light switch
Horn switch
Hazard switch
Turn signal switch
Horn
Rear turn signal light (left)
Rear turn signal light (right)
Front turn signal light (left)
Front turn signal light (right)
Rear brake light switch
Tail/brake light
Fuse (hazard)
Fuse (signal)
84
ELEC
SIGNALING SYSTEM
EAS00794
ELEC
EAS00739
TROUBLESHOOTING
2. Battery
• Any of the following fail to light: turn signal light, brake light or an indicator light.
• The horn fails to sound.
• Check the condition of the battery.
Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING
THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. (Manual No.:
5PS1-AE1)
Check:
1. main, signaling, hazard light and back up
fuses
2. battery
3. main switch
4. wiring connections
(of the entire signaling system)
NOTE:
• Before troubleshooting, remove the following
part(s):
1) fuel tank
2) front cowling
3) air filter case
• Troubleshoot with the following special
tool(s).
Minimum open-circuit voltage
12.8 V or more at 20°C
• Is the battery OK?
YES
NO
• Clean the battery
terminals.
• Recharge or replace the battery.
EAS00749
3. Main switch
• Check the main switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the main switch OK?
Pocket tester
90890-03132
YES
NO
EAS00738
Replace the main
switch.
1. Main, signaling system, hazard lighting
and backup fuses
• Check the main, signaling system, hazard
lighting and backup fuses for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE FUSES” in chapter 3.
• Are the main, signaling system, hazard
lighting and backup fuses OK?
YES
EAS00795
4. Wiring
• Check the entire signal system’s wiring.
Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.
• Is the signaling system’s wiring properly
connected and without defects?
NO
YES
NO
Replace the fuse(s).
Check the condition
of each of the signaling system’s circuits.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SIGNALING SYSTEM”.
85
Properly connect or
repair the signaling
system’s wiring.
SIGNALING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00796
3. Horn
CHECKING THE SIGNAL SYSTEM
1. The horn fails to sound.
• Disconnect the black connector at the horn
terminal.
• Connect a jumper lead
to the horn terminal and ground the jumper lead.
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Push the horn switch.
• Does the horn sound?
1. Horn switch
• Check the horn switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the horn switch OK?
YES
NO
Replace the left handlebar switch.
2. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
horn connector at the horn terminal as
shown.
Positive tester probe → black/white
Negative tester probe → ground
YES
The horn is OK.
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Push the horn switch.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V) of black/
white at the horn terminal.
• Is the voltage within specification?
YES
NO
The wiring circuit
from the main switch
to the horn connector is faulty and must
be repaired.
86
NO
Replace the horn.
SIGNALING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00797
2. The tail/brake light fails to come on.
3. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
tail/brake light coupler (wire harness side)
as shown.
1. Tail/brake light bulb and socket
• Check the tail/brake light bulb and socket
for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE BULBS AND
BULB SOCKETS” in chapter 3. (Manual
No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• Are the tail/ brake light bulb and socket OK?
YES
NO
Replace the tail/
brake light bulb,
socket or both.
Positive tester probe → yellow
Negative tester probe → black
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Pull in the brake lever or push down on the
brake pedal.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V) of yellow
on the tail/brake light coupler (wire harness
side).
• Is the voltage within specification?
2. Brake light switches
• Check the brake light switches for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the brake light switch OK?
YES
NO
Replace the brake
light switch.
YES
This circuit is OK.
87
NO
The wiring circuit
from the main switch
to the tail/brake light
coupler is faulty and
must be repaired.
SIGNALING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00799
3. The turn signal light, turn signal indicator
light or both fail to blink.
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V) on brown/
green
at the turn signal relay coupler
(wire harness side).
• Is the voltage within specification?
1. Turn signal indicator light bulb and socket
• Check the turn signal light bulb and socket
for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE BULBS AND
BULB SOCKETS” in chapter 3. (Manual
No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• Are the turn signal light bulb and socket
OK?
YES
YES
The wiring circuit
from the main switch
to the turn signal
relay
coupler
is
faulty and must be
repaired.
NO
Replace the turn signal light bulb, socket
or both.
4. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
turn signal relay coupler (wire harness side)
as shown.
2. Turn signal switch
• Check the turn signal switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the turn signal switch OK?
YES
NO
Positive tester probe → brown/white
Negative tester probe → ground
NO
Replace the left handlebar switch.
3. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
turn signal relay coupler (wire harness side)
as shown.
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Set the turn signal switch to “ ” or “ ”.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V) on brown/
white
at the turn signal relay coupler
(wire harness side).
• Is the voltage within specification?
Positive tester probe → brown/green
Negative tester probe → ground
YES
NO
The turn signal relay
is faulty and must be
replaced.
88
SIGNALING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00800
4. The neutral indicator light fails to come on.
5. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
turn signal light coupler or meter assembly
coupler (wire harness side) as shown.
1. Neutral indicator light bulb and socket
• Check the neutral indicator light bulb and
socket for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE BULBS AND
BULB SOCKETS” in chapter 3. (Manual
No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• Are the neutral indicator light bulb and socket OK?
Turn signal light
Turn signal indicator light
Left turn signal light
Positive tester probe → chocolate
Negative tester probe → ground
Right turn signal light
Positive tester probe → dark green
Negative tester probe → ground
YES
NO
Replace the neutral
indicator light bulb,
socket or both.
2. Neutral switch
• Check the neutral switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the neutral switch OK?
YES
NO
Replace the neutral
switch.
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Set the turn signal switch to “ ” or “ ”.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V) of the
brown/white
or blue/red
at the turn
signal light coupler (wire harness side).
• Is the voltage within specification?
YES
This circuit is OK.
NO
The wiring circuit
from the turn signal
switch to the turn
signal light coupler
(meter
assembly
coupler) is faulty and
must be repaired.
89
SIGNALING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00753
3. Starting circuit cut-off relay (diode)
4. Voltage
• Disconnect the starting circuit cut-off relay
from the wire harness.
• Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) to the
starting circuit cut-off relay terminals as
shown.
• Check the starting circuit cut-off relay for
continuity.
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
meter assembly coupler (wire harness side)
as shown.
Tester positive probe →
light green
Tester negative probe →
sky blue
Continuity
Tester positive probe →
sky blue
Tester negative probe →
light green
No
continuity
Positive tester probe → brown
Negative tester probe → light green
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V).
• Is the voltage within specification?
YES
This circuit is OK.
NOTE:
When you switch the positive and negative
tester probes, the readings in the above
chart will be reversed.
The wiring circuit
from the main switch
to the meter assembly coupler is faulty
and
must
be
repaired.
EAS00802
5. The oil level warning light fails to come on.
• Are the tester readings correct?
YES
NO
1. Oil level warning light bulb and socket
• Check the oil level warning light bulb and
socket for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE LEDs” in chapter
8. (Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• Are the oil level warning light bulb and
socket OK?
NO
Replace the starting
circuit cut-off relay.
YES
NO
Replace the oil level
warning light bulb,
socket or both.
90
SIGNALING SYSTEM
ELEC
2. Engine oil level switch
4. Voltage
• Drain the engine oil and remove the engine
oil level switch from the oil tank.
• Check the engine oil level switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the engine oil level switch OK?
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
engine oil level switch coupler as shown.
YES
Tester positive probe → white
Tester negative probe → black
NO
Replace the engine
oil level switch.
3. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
meter assembly coupler (wire harness side)
as shown.
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Measure the voltage (5 V) of white
and
black
at the oil level switch coupler.
• Is the voltage within specification?
Positive tester probe → brown
Negative tester probe → black/white
YES
This circuit is OK.
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V) of brown
and black/white
at the meter assembly
coupler.
• Is the voltage within specification?
YES
NO
The wiring circuit
from the main switch
to the meter assembly coupler is faulty
and must be repaired.
91
NO
The wiring circuit
from
the
meter
assembly to the oil
level switch coupler
is faulty and must be
repaired.
SIGNALING SYSTEM
ELEC
EAS00803
6. The fuel level gauge fails to operate.
1. Fuel sender
• Drain the fuel from the fuel tank and remove
the fuel pump assembly from the fuel tank.
• Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) to the fuel
sender as shown.
Positive tester probe → green
Negative tester probe → black/white
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V) of green
and black/white
at the meter assembly
coupler.
• Is the voltage within specification?
YES
NO
The wiring circuit
from the fuel sender
to the meter assembly coupler is faulty
and
must
be
repaired.
• Measure the fuel sender resistances.
NOTE:
Measure the resistances when the float arm
is in contact with the full position and empty
position of the stopper.
Fuel sender resistance
Full position of the float
19 ~ 21 Ω at 20°C
Empty position of the float
139 ~ 141 Ω at 20°C
3. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC 20 V) to the
meter assembly coupler as shown.
Tester positive probe → brown
Tester negative probe → black/white
• Is the fuel sender OK?
NO
YES
Replace
pump.
the
fuel
2. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC V 20) to the
meter assembly (wire harness side) as
shown.
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Measure the voltage (12 V) of brown
and
black/white
at the meter assembly coupler.
• Is the voltage within specification?
Positive tester probe → green
Negative tester probe → black/white
YES
This circuit is OK.
92
NO
Replace the meter
assembly.
SIGNALING SYSTEM
EAS00805
7. The clock fails to operate.
1. Voltage
• Connect the pocket tester (DC V 20) to the
meter assembly (wire harness side) as
shown.
Positive tester probe → brown
Negative tester probe → black/white
• Set the main switch to “ON”.
• Measure the voltage (DC 12 V).
• Is the voltage within specification?
YES
Replace the meter
assembly.
NO
The wiring circuit
from the main switch
to the meter assembly coupler is faulty
and must be repaired.
93
ELEC
W W W
R/W
P
B
L
L
G/Y
R
B
L
Br
10
OFF
ON
MAIN
B
W
R
80
W
W
W
Br/L
81
82
B
B
B
B
Br/L
Br/L
Br/L
R
Br/R
Br/L
R
Br/R
2
B
W
Br/R
Br/L
Br/R
77
76
B
B
79
78
B
B
11
R
B
B
R
B
B
B
B
B
B
B L/R
Br
75
BrG
R/B B Br
55
5
G/Y W/L R/W
R/Y
R/W
B
B
R
R
Br/W
R
Br B R/B
R/W L/W G/Y
R
B/W
R
R
R
B
B
4
B
B
B/W
56
G/L
B L
6
Y
Y/L
R/W
L/W R/W
L/W
R/W
RUN
OFF
57
Br Y
12
8
Y L/R B
74
B B
73
Y/L G/L R/W
B B R/G
R/W Lg Y/L
R/G B
B
9
7
B/W
R
B
W
Br/L
B
G/Y
R
R/G
Y
R/Y
B
L/B
R/Y
PUSH
FREE
58
13
Y/B
72
71
L/B
B
Lg
B/Y
16
L/G
59
L/G B
B B
15
14
HEADLIGHT SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
R/B W/L R/L
B/W B/R L/W L/R R/W L/G L/Y Sb
Br/R L/W G/R
WIRE HARNESS
L/W
Br/R
R/G
R/W
R/W
R/B
B/Y
3
L/R
Br/R
ON
OFF
60
R/L
Br/L
B
L/W
R/W
W/L
Lg
Sb
Sb
L/Y
L/G
B
Br
66
B/L
B/L P/W L
HI
LO
ON
62
G/R B/L
Br/W B/L
B/L P L
W/B
OFF
61
B/L
L W/B
B/L
W L/Y
17
L
L
21
20
B/L
Y B/L
Gy G/W
E
B/L
B/L
B/L
P
L
B/L
ON
OFF
63
BrG
Br/W
23
22
B
Gy
G/W
54
P/W
L
Y
B/L
18
B
G/R
L
Y
B/L
L
N
R
64
L Y/G B/L
Ch
67
B
Ch
A
B
B
Br/W
L
Y
B/L
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
P/W P/W
L
G/W L/Y
19
HEADLIGHT SUB-WIRE
WIRE HARNESS
HARNESS 1
BrG
R/B
R/W
L
24
Ch
Ch D Ch
B
Dg
68
B
Dg
Gy/G
65
L/Y
B/Y
L/Y
B/Y
Gy/G
R/W
Y/G
G/R
Br/W
P
P/W
Y
L
B/L
W/B
G/W
Gy
L/W
L/Y
B/Y
R/W
L/R
R/L
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 1
L R/L
E
L G/Y
Br/W
B/L
D
B
Ch
69
B
Ch
Dg D Dg
Ch L/Y B B/Y Br
Dg Y L/B Br/W R/Y
Br B/Y B L/Y Ch
R/Y Br/W L/B Y Dg
25
W L
26
Br/W
Gy/G B/L
B
Dg
70
B
Dg
F
R/W Br
G/Y L
W/Y
Y/L
G/Y
Y/B
Br/B
Br/R
A
A
R/B R/B
G/B G/B
Br/B R/W
D
53
W B
R/L
R/L
B/L
48
45
52
51
50
49
47
46
G/R
D
G/R
W/Y G/R G L Br/W Y
Br/R Y/B
R/W
44
R/L B
G B/W
B/L
L W/Y
R/W
W Y/L B/W L/R G/L Lg Br R/G
G/R
L
Br/W
Y
G/L
W
G
R/G
Br
31
W L/Y
R/L R/B
R/L G/B
R/W L/R
Br Br/R
30
29
Br/B
Br/R
43
L
B/L
B W
L
L
W/Y
27
28
Br/W P/W Y Y/L Gy B/L
ABS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 1
L/W B/Y L/Y R/W Br/B G/Y
WIRE HARNESS
B B/W
L/W P/W W/B W/R
Br/W Y
B/W B Y Br/W
G
W/R W/B P/W L/W
Y/G P G/R R/L W/B G/W B/W
Br/R R/W
R/B R/B
G/B G/B
O
GyR
Gy/G W/Y
L
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
WIRE HARNESS RELAY SUB-WIREHARNESS
Br R/W
R/W Br/B
Br/W B/L
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 3
B/L Br/W
Br/B R/W
B/W
G/B R/B
B/W
A
B/W
R/L L
B/W
R/B G/B
G D G
P/W
R/G
B/L
Br/W
E
Br/W
E
R/L A R/L
Y
B/L
Br/W
Br/B
Br/B
R/W
E
R/W
B
L/Y
36
R/L
B
B/L
B/Y
B W/L W/Y
W R/W W/G
B/W
B/W
W/Y
Y/L
Lg
R/B
R/B
O
W/G R/W W
W/Y W/L B
W/Y
35
C
W/Y
Lg
W/Y
B
B Sb
W/L
W/G
W/Y
B
B B/W
W/Y W/L B
W/G R/W W
Br/W Y
L/W P/W W/B W/R
Y
Br/W
W
W/G
W/L
P/W
W/B
R/W
W/R Lg
L/W
B/Y
W/R
B/W
W/Y
Lg
37
B
W
Sb
B/Y
B/W W/Y
W/R
L/W W/B P/W W/R
Lg
Br/W
Sb
34
33
B Sb
Lg W/R
Sb B
34
32
ABS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
H
GyR
B/W
R/B G/B O GyR B/W
WIRE HARNESS
G
B/W
P/W Y
B
G/L R/G Y/L
Y/L
W/Y W B/W
L/R
B
Br
Br
Lg
D
Lg
C
Y/L
B/W
C
B/W
C
L/W
L/W
Y/L R/G G/L
P/W
P/W
B/W W W/Y
W/B
Dg Lg Br
Br/W
Br
D
Br
B
W/R
W/B
B
Br/W
Br/W
W/R
B Y G/R Br/W Ch G L
Y
Y
L/R L/B
B
B
1
R
Br
Br
F
R/W
F
R/W
R/W
L/R
D
L/R
L/R
B
R/W
Y
B/W
D
R/Y
L/B
Y
Y
B
R/Y
L/B
W/L
R/Y
Y/B
L/B
D
B/W
B/W
W/G
W/G
B/W
L/B L/R
B
R/W
R/W
38
B W/L W/Y
W R/W W/G
B/W B Y Br/W
W/RW/BP/W L/W
W/G W/L
W W
W G
R R
39
Br/W
B
B
W
B/Y
W/Y
P/W
L G Ch Br/W G/R Y B
W/B
R/W
42
41
40
B W
B W
W
W/L
L/R
B
B
W
W
W/R
W
W
W/G
R/W
R/W
B/W
Br Lg Dg
L/B
B
L/B
Y
Y D Y
Ch
B
B
B
Y/G
Dg
Dg
B
Br
Br
L
L
G/Y
G/Y
F
G/Y
F
L
L
B
D
Ch
B
B
Y
B
B
B
Dg
B
G/L
C
G/L
W/L
W/L
C
R/G
W
C
W
W
W/Y
W/Y
94
B
W
B R/W W/B
W B
W/Y B/Y
B/W R/W
R/W B
P/W Br/W W/R R/W
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
EAS00884
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
Fuse (ABS)
Fuse (main)
Fuse (ABS motor)
Battery
Main switch
ABS test terminal
ECU (ABS)
ABS wire lead
Fail safe relay
Hydraulic unit
Front wheel sensor
Rear wheel sensor
Multi-function meter
ABS indicator light
Front brake light switch
Start switch
Rear brake light switch
95
ELEC
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
SPEC
EAS00882
ABS COMPONENTS
Front brake hose (front brake master cylinder to
hydraulic unit)
ABS test coupler
ABS warning light
Front brake hose (hydraulic unit to front brake caliper)
Front wheel sensor
Front wheel sensor rotor
Electronic control unit (ECU)
Rear brake hose (hydraulic unit to rear brake caliper)
96
Rear brake hose (rear brake master cylinder to
hydraulic unit)
Hydraulic unit
Rear wheel sensor rotor
Rear wheel sensor
Fuse box
Fail-safe relay
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
EAS00883
ABS CONNECTOR LOCATION CHART
Wire harness end
Wire harness end
Wire harness end
ECU (ABS) coupler
ABS wire lead coupler
Wire harness end
Wire harness end
ABS test terminal
coupler
Wire harness end
Wire harness end
Wire harness end
Front wheel sensor
coupler
Fail-safe relay coupler
Wire harness end
Rear wheel sensor
coupler
Multi-function coupler
97
Wire harness end
Hydraulic unit coupler
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
EAS00888
ECU (ABS) AND FAIL-SAFE RELAY
10 Nm (1.0 m•kg, 7.2 ft•lb)
Order
Job/Part
Removing the ECU (ABS) and failsafe relay
Side cowling (right)
Q’ty
Refer to “FRONT COWLINGS” in chapter
3. (Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
Refer to “SEAT” in chapter 3. (Manual No.:
5PS1-AE1)
Refer to “FUEL TANK” in chapter 3.
(Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
Seat
Fuel tank
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Remarks
Remove the parts in the order listed.
Fail-safe relay
Fail-safe relay coupler
ABS motor coupler
Relay stay
Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler
Band
ECU (ABS)
Front wheel sensor coupler
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
98
Disconnect.
Disconnect.
Disconnect.
Disconnect.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
10 Nm (1.0 m•kg, 7.2 ft•lb)
Order
9
Job/Part
ECU (ABS) coupler
Q’ty
Remarks
3 Disconnect.
For installation, reverse the removal
procedure.
99
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
Maintenance of the ECU (ABS)
• Removing the ECU (ABS)
1. Remove:
• ECU (ABS)
NOTE:
When removing the ECU (ABS), take care not
to damage the ECU (ABS) or ECU (ABS) couplers.
2. Remove:
• ECU (ABS) coupler
• ECU (ABS) coupler
NOTE:
Do not pull the ECU (ABS) leads to remove the
ECU (ABS) couplers.
Always press on the locks
to disconnect the
ECU (ABS) couplers from the ECU (ABS).
• Checking the ECU (ABS)
1. Check:
• ECU (ABS) terminals
Cracks/damage → Replace the ECU (ABS).
• ECU (ABS) coupler terminals
Defective connections/contamination/disconnections → Repair or clean.
NOTE:
If the ECU (ABS) coupler terminals are
clogged with mud or dirt, clean with compressed air.
Maintenance of the ABS fail-safe relay
• Removing the fail-safe relay
1. Remove:
• ABS fail-safe relay coupler
NOTE:
Do not pull the ABS fail-safe relay leads to
remove the ABS fail-safe relay coupler.
Always press on the lock
to disconnect the
ABS fail-safe relay coupler from the ABS failsafe relay.
100
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC

Operation of solenoid relay
• Checking the fail-safe relay
1. Check:
• solenoid relay for continuity
Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) to the terminals.
Check for continuity between terminals
and
of the solenoid relay.
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
Tester reading is “ ”. → Replace the failsafe relay.
• Check for continuity between terminals
and
of the solenoid relay.
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
Continuity
Terminal number
Normal
condition
Solenoid relay resistance
150 ~ 450 Ω
Connect the
battery to
terminals
and
Tester reading is “ ”. → Replace the failsafe relay.
• Connect the positive battery terminal to terminal
and the negative battery terminal
to terminal , and then check for continuity
between terminals
and
of the solenoid relay.
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
Tester reading is “ ”. → Replace the failsafe relay.
CAUTION:
When connecting the solenoid relay and
battery terminals, be careful not to shortcircuit the positive and negative battery terminals.
Fail-safe relay
ABS motor relay
Solenoid relay
101
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
2. Check:
• ABS motor relay for continuity
Connect the pocket tester (Ω × 1) to the terminals of the ABS motor relay.
Check for continuity between terminals
and
of the ABS motor relay.
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
ABS motor relay resistance
50 ~ 150 Ω
Operation of motor relay
Tester reading is “ ”. → Replace the failsafe relay.
Continuity
Terminal number
Normal
condition
CAUTION:
Do not reverse the connections. If the
pocket tester leads are connected in
reverse to terminals
and
, a correct
pocket tester reading cannot be obtained.
Connect the
battery to
and
terminal
• Connect the positive battery terminal to terminal
and the negative battery terminal
to terminal , and then check for continuity
between terminals
and
of the ABS
motor relay.
Tester positive probe → Terminal
Tester negative probe → Terminal
Tester reading is “ ”. → Replace the failsafe relay.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to connect the pocket tester positive and negative probes correctly. If the
pocket tester probes are connected in
reverse, the diode of the fail-safe relay will
be broken.
• When connecting the battery and the ABS
motor relay terminals, be careful not to
short-circuit the positive and negative battery terminals.
102
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
TROUBLESHOOTING
EB802401
2. Battery
• ABS warning light fail to come on.
• All ABS warning and other indicator lights
fail to come on.
• ABS warning light continues to come on.
• Check the condition of the battery.
Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING
THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. (Manual No.:
5PS1-AE1)
Check:
1. ABS motor, ABS, main and signal fuses.
2. Battery.
3. Main switch.
4. Wiring (of the entire anti-lock brake system).
NOTE:
• Before troubleshooting, remove the following
part(-s):
1) side cowlings (left and right)
2) front cowling
3) seat
4) fuel tank
5) meter assembly
• Troubleshoot with the following special
tool(-s).
Open-circuit voltage
12.8 V or more at 20°C
• Is the battery OK?
YES
NO
• Clean the battery
terminals.
• Recharge or replace the battery.
EB802411
3. Main switch
• Check the main switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the main switch OK?
Pocket tester
90890-03112
YES
EB802400
NO
Replace the main
switch.
1. ABS motor, ABS, main and signal fuses
• Check the ABS motor, ABS, main and signal fuses for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE FUSES” in chapter 3. (Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• Are the ABS motor, ABS, main and signal
fuses OK?
YES
ELEC
EAS00795
4. Wiring
• Check the entire anti-lock brake system’s
wiring.
Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.
• Is the anti-lock brake system’s wiring properly connected and without defects?
NO
Replace the fuse(-s).
YES
Check the condition
of each of the antilock brake system’s
circuits. Refer to
“CHECKING
THE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE
SYSTEM”.
103
NO
Properly connect or
repair the anti-lock
brake system’s wiring.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
CHECKING THE ANTI-LOCK BRAKE
SYSTEM
1. Only the ABS warning light fail to come on
when the main switch is turned ON.
3. ABS warning light circuit.
• Remove the ECU coupler and check the
continuity at the white/red terminal on the
ECU side and the test coupler adapter side
of the wire harness.
• Is the ECU continuity OK?
1. ABS coupler and wire harness.
• Check the ABS coupler and wire harness
for continuity.
• Check the ECU and ABS wire harness for
continuity.
Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.
• Is the anti-lock brake system’s wiring properly connected and without defects?
OK
ELEC
NO
YES
Replace the ECU.
NO
Properly connect or
replace the ABS
coupler and wire
harness.
2. All ABS warning and other indicator lights
fail to come on.
• Properly connect or
replace the ABS
coupler and wire
harness.
• Properly connect or
replace the ECU
and fail-safe relay
and wire harness.
1. Main switch.
• Check the main switch for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE SWITCHES”.
• Is the main switch OK?
NO
YES
Replace the main
switch.
2. ABS warning light
• Connect the ABS test coupler and ABS test
coupler adapter.
2. Battery.
ABS test coupler adapter warning light
terminal (white/red)
→ Battery Negative lead
• Check the condition of the battery.
Refer to “CHECKING AND CHARGING
THE BATTERY” in chapter 3. (Manual No.:
5PS1-AE1)
Open-circuit voltage
12.8 V or more at 20°C
• Is the battery OK?
YES
• Clean the battery
terminals.
• Recharge or replace the battery.
• Does the ABS warning light come on?
OK
NO
Replace the
warning light.
NO
ABS
104
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
3. Main fuse.
• Check the main fuse for continuity.
Refer to “CHECKING THE FUSES” in chapter 3. (Manual No.: 5PS1-AE1)
• Is the main fuse OK?
YES
NO
Replace the fuse.
4. Wiring
• Check the entire anti-lock brake system’s
wiring.
Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.
• Is the anti-lock brake system’s wiring properly connected and without defects?
YES
Check the condition
of each of the antilock brake system
circuits.
Refer to “CHECKING THE ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM”.
NO
Properly connect or
repair the anti-lock
brake system’s wiring.
105
ELEC
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
3. ABS warning light continues to come on.
1) Check the ABS fuse
• Blown fuse → Replace
2) Check the battery voltage
The voltage should be always higher than the regulated voltage in order to operate the ABS correctly. If the power voltage goes lower than 10 V, the ABS warning light comes on and ABS operation stops. When the power voltage recovers to be higher than 10 V, the system resumes its
operation.
The fact that the voltage lowered less than 10 V means that something is defective with the magnet, battery or rectifier regulator.
Correct the malfunction following the normal instructions and regulate the system to operate in
the normal condition.
3) Check the Electronic Control Unit (ECU) in the side cowling.
Refer to “FRONT COWLINGS” in chapter 3. (Manual No.: 5PS-AE1)
Is the coupler securely connected?
• Connected → Inspect the malfunction by the ABS self diagnosis
• Not connected → Connect the ABS coupler again.
4. ABS warning light flashes
1) Slipping of one wheel (Flash pattern: Lighting ON for 0.75 sec./OFF for 0.25 sec.)
Causes to those cases in which the ABS warning light flashed while driving, but “it turned to be
normal”, or “the ABS warning light flashed but flashing stopped when the main switch was turned
OFF and then turned ON again” could be thought as follows:
(1) Rear wheel slipped. → The system is normal.
(2) Demonstrated wheelie. → The system is normal.
(3) The vehicle in question ran continually on the extremely bumpy road. → The system is normal.
2) ABS stops by the Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
This is the case when the Electronic Control Unit (ECU) judged that the system should stop
because it has been exposed to the extremely strong radio wave, static electricity or radioactivity.
3) Defective condition of the brake light switch section (Flash pattern: Lighting ON for 0.25 sec./
OFF for 0.75 sec.)
Check the brake light switch (front and rear) without starting the engine.
Check whether the brake lights up or not when the front and rear brakes are engaged respectively.
(1) It reacts only to one brake.
→ The coupler of brake switch has come off. (Refer to “WIRING DIAGRAM”.)
→ The brake light switch on the side that the brake light does not react is out of order.
(2) It does not react to either of brakes.
→ It could be thought that the wire harness is disconnected or the fuse is blown. (Refer to
“WIRING DIAGRAM”.)
(3) Brake light comes on.
→ It could be thought that the coupler between the ABS harness and wire harness is not connected. (Refer to “ABS CONNECTOR LOCATION CHART”.)
(4) Possible causes other than these cases.
→ Disconnection or short-circuit between the meter and ECU (ABS).
4) ABS continual control while braking
• It may flash if the ABS operation time became longer while braking. (Flash pattern: Lighting ON
for 0.25 sec./OFF for 0.75 sec.)
106
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
TROUBLESHOOTING BY THE SELF DIAGNOSIS
Arrangement and the function of test couplers
• ECU becomes the malfunction diagnostic mode when the T/C terminal is grounded.
• Malfunction code which the ECU generated in the malfunction diagnostic mode (rise and fall of
voltage) is output at the T/F terminal.
• ABS warning light terminal is used when checking the ABS warning light circuit.
• To ground the T/C terminal, connect the test coupler adapter with the test coupler. Before connecting, check if the battery is sufficiently charged.
(sky-blue) T/C
(light green) T/F
Grounding (black)
ABS warning light (white/red)
Test coupler adapter
MALFUNCTION CHECK BY THE ABS SELF DIAGNOSIS (PAST MALFUNCTION)
Remove the side cowling (right) and check the location of test coupler . Remove the protective
cap and connect the ABS test coupler adapter
to the test coupler. The T/C terminal (sky-blue)
is now connected to the ground.
1) Indicate the malfunction code (Example: malfunction code 11)
Multifunction display
2) ABS warning light flashes every 0.5 second for more than 6 seconds.
→ P108, 109
If the ABS warning light flashes every 0.5 second, the malfunction code of a past malfunction has
not been stored in the memory of the ECU (ABS). If a malfunction code is displayed on the multifunction display, the ABS warning light flashes. Make sure that the customer understands the
possible conditions when the ABS warning light comes on.
107
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
MALFUNCTION CHECK BY THE ABS SELF DIAGNOSIS (PRESENT MALFUNCTION)
NOTE:
Before proceeding to read the part of “Arrangement and the function of test coupler”.
Remove the battery cover and check the location of test coupler. Connect the test coupler adapter
with the test coupler in order to ground the T/C terminal (sky-blue). (Figure- )
Protective cap
Test coupler
Lock plate
Grounding
(black)
(white/red)
T/C terminal
T/F terminal Light terminal
(white/red)
(light green)
Test coupler
adapter
(light green)
(white/red)
Set the range of pocket tester to DC20V. Connect the negative (–) terminal of tester to the T/F terminal (light green) and positive (+) terminal to the positive (+) terminal of battery. (Figure- )
Read the tester indication. (Figure- )
As an example, “10 digits/1 digit pattern” of tester reading is shown below.
This example is the pattern which
shows malfunction code 21.
This example is the pattern which
shows malfunction code 12.
12 V
10
0V
Time
(second)
10
1 1
10
1
0.5 0.5 0.5
1
1.5
0.5
3
1
108
1.5
1
1.5
3
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Diagnosis by the malfunction code
Malfunction codes are used to determine the malfunctions that have occurred. (Refer to “P107 ABS
malfunction check by the ABS self-diagnosis (past malfunction)” and “P108 ABS malfunction check
by the ABS self-diagnosis (present malfunction)”.) The malfunction codes are explained in the following table.
NOTE:
Record all of the malfunction codes displayed and check the check points.
Malfunction
code
Problem
Check point
Reference
Front wheel sensor signal is not received properly.
•
•
•
•
Installation of the front wheel sensor Malfunction
Front wheel sensor lead and coupler code 11
ABS wire harness circuit
(P111)
Front wheel sensor rotor
Rear wheel sensor signal is not received properly.
•
•
•
•
Installation of the rear wheel sensor Malfunction
Rear wheel sensor lead and coupler code 12
ABS wire harness circuit
(P111)
Rear wheel sensor rotor
Incorrect signal is detected by the front (13) or
rear (14) wheel sensor.
• Wheel sensor installation
• Wheel sensor housings
• Wheel sensor rotors
Malfunction
codes 13
(front wheel)
and 14
(rear wheel)
(P112)
• Continuity of sensor circuits
• ABS wire harness circuit
• Connection of sensor coupler
Malfunction
codes 15
(front wheel
sensor) and
16 (rear wheel
sensor)
(P112)
Malfunction
code 21
(P112)
11
*1
12
13 (front)
14 (rear)
13
14
No continuity in the front or rear wheel sensor
circuits
15 (front)
16 (rear)
15
16
21
Hydraulic unit solenoid circuit is broken or short- • ABS wire harness circuit
circuited.
• Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler
• Hydraulic unit solenoid
Disconnection is detected on the system of failsafe relay and hydraulic unit solenoid coupler.
• ABS wire harness circuit
• Fail-safe relay circuit
• Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler
Malfunction
code 31
(P113)
Defective operation of the fail-safe relay is
detected.
• Fail-safe relay
• ABS wire harness circuit
Malfunction
code 32
(P113)
Defective operation of the ABS motor is
detected. (ABS motor stops and will not rotate.)
•
•
•
•
Malfunction
code 33
(P114)
31
32
33
109
ABS wire harness circuit
ABS motor coupler
Fail-safe relay
ABS motor circuit
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
Malfunction
code
Problem
ELEC
Check point
Reference
Defective operation of the ABS motor is
• Fail-safe relay
detected. (ABS motor keeps running and will not • ABS wire harness circuit
stop.)
• ABS motor circuit
Malfunction
code 34
(P114)
Malfunction
code 41
(P115)
41
Front wheel will not recover from the locking ten- • Brake dragging
dency even though the signal is continuously
• Hydraulic unit operation test 2
transmitted from the ECU (ABS) to release the
(Refer to P71.)
hydraulic state (when the battery voltage is nor- • Front wheel brake line
mal).
Malfunction
code 42
(P116)
42
Rear wheel will not recover from the locking ten- • Brake dragging
• Hydraulic unit operation test 2
dency even though the signal is continuously
(Refer to P71.)
transmitted from the ECU (ABS) to release the
hydraulic state (when the battery voltage is nor- • Rear wheel brake line
mal).
Front wheel will not recover from the locking ten- • Brake dragging
dency even though the signal is continuously
• Hydraulic unit operation test 2
transmitted from the ECU (ABS) to release the
(Refer to P71)
hydraulic state (when the battery voltage is low). • Front wheel brake line
• Battery voltage
Malfunction
code 51
(P118)
Rear wheel will not recover from the locking ten- • Brake dragging
dency even though the signal is continuously
• Hydraulic unit operation test 2
transmitted from the ECU (ABS) to release the
(Refer to P71.)
hydraulic state (when the battery voltage is low). • Rear wheel brake line
• Battery voltage
Malfunction
code 52
(P119)
34
51
52
Present mal- ECU (ABS) may be malfunctioning
function (test
always indicates 12 V)
• ABS wire harness circuit (test coupler circuits)
• ECU (ABS) (Replace)
Maintenance
of the ECU
(ABS) (P100)
*1 Malfunction code 11 is indicated if the rear wheel rotates for more than 20 seconds with the front
wheel stopped.
NOTE:
Malfunction code 15 (front wheel sensor) or 16 (rear wheel sensor) is displayed if a defective connection to either the front or rear sensor is detected whether or not the motorcycle is ridden.
110
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Malfunction code 11 (Front wheel sensor signal is not received correctly.)
Set the main switch to “OFF”, then back to “ON” after removing the test coupler adaptor.
1) ABS warning light remains on.
→ Defective connection in the front wheel sensor circuit.
• Front wheel sensor coupler is disconnected.
→ P51
• Front wheel sensor lead or coil is broken.
→ P51
• Sub-wire harness (ABS) sensor circuit is broken. → (Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.)
• ECU (ABS) coupler terminal is disconnected.
→ P100
2) ABS warning light comes on for 2 seconds, then goes off.
With the front wheel stopped, the rear wheel was rotated for more than 20 seconds. This is not a
malfunction.
A signal is not generated at the front wheel sensor.
• Front wheel sensor is not installed properly.
→ P51
• Front wheel sensor rotor is defective.
→ P51
Front wheel sensor circuit is short-circuited.
• Front wheel sensor or lead is short-circuited.
→ P51
• Sub-wire harness (ABS) sensor circuit is short-circuited. → (Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.)
Front wheel sensor output drops.
• Sensor signal output may drop due to failure of the bearings, wheel axle, wheel or sensor housing of the front wheel. Check these components when installed for looseness, distortion, and
bends.
• Malfunction code 12 (Rear wheel sensor signal is not received correctly.)
Set the main switch to “OFF”, then back to “ON”.
1) ABS warning light remains on.
→ Defective connection in the rear wheel sensor circuit.
• Rear wheel sensor coupler is disconnected.
→ P55
• Rear wheel sensor lead or coil is broken.
→ P55
• Sub-wire harness (ABS) sensor circuit is disconnected. → (Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.)
• ECU (ABS) coupler terminal is disconnected.
→ P100
2) ABS warning light comes on for 2 seconds, then goes off.
With the rear wheel stopped, the front wheel was rotated at a speed faster than 11 km/h. This is
not a malfunction.
A signal is not generated at the rear wheel sensor.
• Rear wheel sensor is not installed properly.
→ P55
• Rear wheel sensor rotor is defective.
→ P55
Rear wheel sensor circuit is short-circuited.
• Rear sensor or lead is short-circuited.
→ P55
• Sub-wire harness (ABS) sensor circuit is short-circuited. → (Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.)
Rear wheel sensor output drops
• Sensor signal output may drop due to failure of the bearings, wheel, or sensor housing of the rear
wheel. Check these components when installed for looseness, distortion, and bends.
NOTE:
If the motorcycle is ridden on extremely uneven roads continuously, the ABS warning light may flash
and malfunction code 11 or 12 may be recorded depending on the condition.
111
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Malfunction codes 13 (front wheel) and 14 (rear wheel) (Incorrect signal is detected from
either the front or rear wheel.)
1) The wheel sensors or sensor rotors are not properly installed.
Installation of the front or rear wheel sensor
• Check that the wheel sensor is properly installed in the housing.
→ P51, 55
• Check if there is looseness between the housing and the wheel.
→ P51, 55
Installation of the front or rear wheel sensor rotor
• Check that the sensor rotor is correctly pressed in the wheel.
→ P51, 55
• Check the rotor and inside the rotor housing for foreign materials.
→ P51, 55
2) Teeth surfaces of the sensor rotors are defective.
• Check for flaws on the teeth surfaces of the front or rear wheel sensor rotors.
Also, check for any foreign materials.
→ P51, 55
3) Sensor output has dropped.
• Sensor signal output may drop due to failure of the bearings, wheel axle, wheel or sensor housing of the front or rear wheel. Check these components when installed for looseness, distortion,
and bends.
• Malfunction codes 15 (front wheel sensor) and 16 (rear wheel sensor) (No continuity in the
sensor circuits.)
Broken front or rear wheel sensor circuit is detected.
• Front or rear wheel sensor coupler is broken.
→ P51, 55
• Front or rear wheel sensor or lead is broken.
→ P51, 55
• Sub-wire harness (ABS) sensor circuit is broken.→ (Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.)
• Sub-wire harness (ABS) is disconnected from the ECU (ABS) coupler terminal. → P100
NOTE:
• Check that both the front and rear wheel sensor couplers are connected securely.
• If the motorcycle is ridden after malfunction code 15 (front wheel sensor) or 16 (rear wheel sensor)
is displayed, the malfunction code will be overwritten from 15 to 11 (front wheel sensor signal) or
from 16 to 12 (rear wheel sensor signal).
• Malfunction code 21 (Hydraulic unit solenoid circuit is broken or short-circuited.)
Check the following:
1) Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler
• Check if the hydraulic unit solenoid coupler terminal is disconnected. (Refer to “ABS COUPLERS”.)
2) Hydraulic unit solenoid
• Check the front and rear wheel solenoids for continuity
→ P59
• Check the insulation of all solenoid terminals and the negative battery terminal. → P59
3) Sub-wire harness (ABS)
• Check the hydraulic unit solenoid circuits for continuity. (See the illustration below.)
Fail-safe
relay
ECU
Front
solenoid
white
white
white
Rear
solenoid
Continuity
between:
white/
green
white/
blue
• Check the insulation of the hydraulic unit solenoid circuits and the negative battery terminal.
112
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Malfunction code 31 (Disconnection is detected between the fail-safe relay and the hydraulic unit solenoid.)
Check the following:
1) ABS motor fuse
• Check if the ABS motor fuse beside the battery is blown.
2) Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler
• Check if the hydraulic unit solenoid coupler located in the right side cover is connected properly.
(Refer to “ABS CONNECTOR LOCATION CHART”.)
3) Sub-wire harness (ABS)
• Check the pink/white leads between the ECU (ABS) and the fail-safe relay for continuity. (Refer to
“CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.)
• ECU (ABS) coupler terminal (pink/white) is disconnected.
→ P100
• Check the white leads between
and , and between
and
of the hydraulic unit solenoid
circuits for continuity.
Fail-safe
relay
Front
solenoid
white
white
white
Rear
solenoid
4) Fail-safe relay
• Check if the fail-safe relay operates correctly.
→ P100
5) Wire harness
• Check for continuity between the red/white terminal of the fail-safe relay coupler and the positive
battery terminal.
• Remove the ABS fuse and check for continuity between the brown/white lead of the fail-safe relay
coupler and the ABS fuse. (See the illustration below.)
Check for continuity between these two points .
• Malfunction code 32 (Fail-safe relay malfunction is detected.)
Check the following:
1) Fail-safe relay
• Check if the fail-safe relay operates correctly.
→ P100
2) Sub-wire harness (ABS)
• Disconnect the sub-wire harness (ABS) from the fail-safe relay and the ECU (ABS), and then
check the insulation of the fail-safe relay coupler between the red/white
and white
terminals.
113
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Malfunction code 33 (ABS motor operation malfunction is detected. [ABS motor stops and
does not rotate.])
Check the following:
1) ABS motor fuse
• Check if the ABS motor fuse beside the battery is blown.
2) Fail-safe relay
• Check if the fail-safe relay operates correctly.
→ P100
3) Wire harness and sub-wire harness (ABS)
• Remove the fail-safe relay and the ABS motor fuse, and then check for continuity between the
red/white
(Refer to “P113–5) wire harness drawing”.) terminal of the sub-wire harness (ABS)
and the sub-wire harness (ABS) end (terminal A shown in the illustration) of the ABS motor fuse
terminal beside the battery. (Refer to “CIRCUIT DIAGRAM”.)
Terminal A
Terminal B
• Check for continuity between the positive battery terminal and the battery end of the ABS motor
fuse terminal (terminal B shown in the above illustration).
• Remove the ECU (ABS) and the fail-safe relay from the sub-wire harness (ABS), and then check
for continuity between the white/black lead terminals and the red/white lead terminals.
• Malfunction code 34 (ABS motor operation malfunction is detected. [ABS motor keeps
rotating and does not stop.])
Check the following:
1) ABS motor
• Check if the ABS motor coupler located under the fuel tank is connected properly.
• Check the ABS motor for continuity.
→ P59
2) Sub-wire harness (ABS)
• Remove the ABS motor coupler and check for continuity between the black terminal of the ABS
motor coupler of the sub-wire harness (ABS) and the negative battery terminal.
• Remove the ECU (ABS) coupler and check for continuity between the red/white terminal of the
ECU (ABS) coupler and the red/white terminal of the ABS motor coupler.
→ P100
• Remove the fail-safe relay and check for continuity between the red/white terminal of the ABS
motor coupler of the sub-wire harness (ABS) and the positive battery terminal.
3) Fail-safe relay
• Check if the fail-safe relay operates correctly.
→ P100
114
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Malfunction code 41 (Front wheel does not recover from the locking tendency even though
the signal is continuously transmitted from the ECU (ABS) to release the hydraulic pressure
[when the battery voltage is normal].)
Check the following:
1) Rotation of the front wheel
• Check that there is no brake disc drag on the front wheel and make sure it rotates smoothly.
• Check the front wheel axle for loose bearings and bends, and the brake disc for distortion.
2) Brake master cylinder and brake caliper
• Check that the brake fluid pressure is correctly transmitted to the brake caliper when the brake
lever is operated and that the pressure decreases when the lever is released.
3) Brake fluid
• Visually check the brake fluid in the brake master cylinder reservoir and the fluid for water, foreign
materials, solidification and contamination.
• Check for air in the brake hose lines.
4) Brake hose lines
• Check the brake hose lines for kinks and deterioration.
WARNING
Only use genuine Yamaha parts. Using other brake pipes, hoses and union bolts may close
the brake hose lines.
• Check that the connections of the brake hose lines from the brake master cylinder to the hydraulic unit and to the front brake caliper from the hydraulic unit are correct.
WARNING
The front brake will not function properly if the connections are reversed.
• Front brake hose
inlet: from the front brake master cylinder
• Front brake hose
outlet: to the front brake caliper
NOTE:
• If the front brake hose inlet and outlet connections are reversed on the hydraulic unit, the brake
lever is pulled to full stroke without responding and will be pushed back slowly without pulsating
when the final check in P67 is performed.
• If the front and rear brake hose connections are reversed on the hydraulic unit, the pulsating action
in the brake lever and brake pedal will be performed in the reverse order when the final check in
P66 is performed.
115
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
5) Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler terminal
• Check if the front and rear hydraulic unit solenoid coupler terminals (hydraulic unit and sub-wire
harness [ABS]) are reversed.
Front
Rear
Solenoid
red, white
red, green
Terminal color
Sub-wire harness (ABS)
white, white/blue
white, white/green
6) Hydraulic unit
If the malfunction is not corrected after performing steps 1) to 5), replace the hydraulic unit. Be sure
to connect the brake hoses and couplers correctly and securely. Check the hydraulic unit operation.
(Refer to “P67 Final check”.)
• Malfunction code 42 (Rear wheel does not recover from the locking tendency even though
the signal is continuously transmitted from the ECU (ABS) to release the hydraulic pressure
[when the battery voltage is normal].)
Check the following:
1) Rotation of the rear wheel
• Check that there is no brake drag on the rear wheel and make sure it rotates smoothly.
• Check for brake disc distortion.
2) Brake master cylinder and brake caliper
• Check that the brake fluid pressure is correctly transmitted to the brake disc when the brake
pedal is operated and that the pressure decreases when the pedal is released.
3) Brake fluid
• Visually check the brake fluid in the brake master cylinder reservoir and check the fluid for water,
foreign materials, solidification and contamination.
• Check for air in the brake hose lines.
4) Brake hose lines
• Check the brake hose lines for kinks and deterioration (particularly between the hydraulic unit
and the rear brake caliper).
WARNING
Only use genuine Yamaha parts. Using other brake pipes, hoses and union bolts may close
the brake hose lines.
116
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Check that the connections of the brake hose lines from the brake master cylinder to the hydraulic unit and to the rear brake caliper from the hydraulic unit are correct.
WARNING
The rear brake will not function properly if the connections are reversed.
• Rear brake hose
inlet: from the rear brake master cylinder
• Rear brake hose
outlet: to the rear brake caliper
NOTE:
• If the rear brake hose inlet and outlet connections are reversed on the hydraulic unit, the brake
pedal is pressed down to full stroke without responding and will be pushed back slowly without pulsating when the final check is performed.
• If the front and rear brake hose connections are reversed on the hydraulic unit, the pulsating action
in the brake lever and brake pedal will be performed in the reverse order when the final check is
performed.
5) Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler terminal
• Check if the front and rear hydraulic unit solenoid coupler terminals (hydraulic unit and sub-wire
harness [ABS]) are reversed.
Front
Rear
Solenoid
red, white
red, green
Terminal color
Sub-wire harness (ABS)
white, white/blue
white, white/green
6) Hydraulic unit
If the malfunction is not corrected after performing steps 1) to 5), replace the hydraulic unit. Be sure
to connect the brake hose lines and couplers correctly and securely. Check the hydraulic unit operation. (Refer to “P67 Final check”.)
117
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Malfunction code 51 (Front wheel does not recover from the locking tendency even though
the signal is continuously transmitted from the ECU (ABS) to release the hydraulic pressure
[when the battery voltage is low].)
Check the following:
1) Rotation of the front wheel
Refer to “P115 Malfunction code 41”.
2) Brake master cylinder and brake caliper
Refer to “P115 Malfunction code 41”.
3) Brake fluid
Refer to “P115 Malfunction code 41”.
4) Brake hose lines
Refer to “P115 Malfunction code 41”.
5) Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler terminals
Refer to “P115 Malfunction code 41”.
6) Hydraulic unit
Refer to “P115 Malfunction code 41”.
7) Battery voltage
Measure the battery voltage.
118
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
• Malfunction code 52 (Rear wheel does not recover from the locking tendency even though
the signal is continuously transmitted from the ECU (ABS) to release the hydraulic pressure
[when the battery voltage is low].)
Check the following:
1) Rotation of the rear wheel
Refer to “P116 Malfunction code 42”.
2) Brake master cylinder and brake caliper
Refer to “P116 Malfunction code 42”.
3) Brake fluid
Refer to “P116 Malfunction code 42”.
4) Brake hose lines
Refer to “P116 Malfunction code 42”.
5) Hydraulic unit solenoid coupler terminals
Refer to “P116 Malfunction code 42”.
6) Hydraulic unit
Refer to “P116 Malfunction code 42”.
7) Battery voltage
Measure the battery voltage.
119
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
DELETING THE MALFUNCTION CODE
1. Connect the test coupler adapter
to the
test coupler . Refer to “P109”.
2. Turn the main switch on.
The multifunction display indicates previously recorded mulfunction codes.
NOTE:
The ABS error code is not displayed during the
diagnosis of the fuel injection.
3. Turn the engine stop switch
off.
CAUTION:
If the starter switch is pushed without turning the engine stop switch off, it may damage the starting motor gears or other parts,
therefore be sure to turn it off.
4. Push the starter switch
more than 10
times in 4 seconds to delete the mulfunction
codes.
NOTE:
If the multifunction codes cannot be cleared,
the disconnection of the starter switch monitor
leads could be a cause.
5. Turn the main switch off.
120
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ON
ABS
waening light
6. Turn the main switch on again.
Check that the ABS warning light goes on
for 2 seconds, then goes out for 3 seconds
and starts flashing.
7. Turn the main switch off.
8. Disconnect the test coupler adapter from
the test coupler, and install the protective
cap with the test coupler adapter. Deleting
the malfunction code is now finished.
NOTE:
Do not forget to install the protective cap.
ON
OFF
Main switch
2.0
3.0
seseconds
conds
ELEC
Flashing
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
seseseseconds conds conds conds
CAUTION:
Since the ECU remains in the memory until
the malfunction code is deleted, always
delete the malfunction code when the service work is finished.
121
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ELEC
TROUBLESHOOTING
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
ABS TROUBLESHOOTING OUTLINE
This section describes the troubleshooting about ABS in details. Read carefully this service manual
before repairing various malfunctions, understand and perform the service.
Electronic control unit (ECU) has the self diagnostic function. When failures occur in the system, the
ABS warning light on the meter assembly indicates a mulfunction.
Troubleshooting mentioned below describes the cause pursuing and service method according to
the indication by the multifunction display. For troubleshooting other than these items, perform by following the normal service method.
WARNING
When the maintenance or check has been performed on related parts to ABS, be sure to execute the “final check” before delivering the motorcycle to the customer. Refer to “P67 ~ 73”.
ABS Warning Light Goes On and the ABS Condition
1) When the ABS warning light keeps going on → It works as a normal brake.
• Detecting the malfunction by means of the ABS self diagnostic function.
2) Light goes on and off at the time of starting → ABS operation is normal.
• ABS warning light goes on for 2 seconds every time the main switch is turned on and goes off
afterward.
3) When the ABS warning light flashes → ABS operation is normal.
• Brake switch is defective or improperly adjusted.
• Rear wheel is racing.
• Continuous riding on extremely uneven roads.
• Disconnection or short-circuit between the meter and ECU (ABS).
Self Diagnosis and Services
ECU has the self diagnostic function. By utilizing this function, quick and secure services are possible.
Previously occurred error phenomenon can be checked since it also installs the memory for storing
malfunction history.
“In case malfunctions are detected”
It is disabled to call the malfunction code by using the ABS warning light since the ABS warning light
already goes on. Connect the test coupler adapter to the test coupler, connect a pocket tester to the
terminal of light green lead and check by its pointing needle movement. (Refer to “P108”)
“In case any malfunctions are not detected”
The multifunction display indicates all the malfunction codes recorded in the ECU (ABS). You can
check it by using a pocket tester. Note everything if more than two items of malfunction codes are
recorded.
122
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
TRBL
SHTG
“Deleting the malfunction code”
When the malfunction service is finished, check the normal operation of motorcycle then delete the
malfunction code (Refer to “P120”). By deleting the malfunction code memory, it is possible to pursue the cause correctly if the next defective phenomenon occurred.
Self diagnosis by ECU
ECU performs the static check for whole system when the main switch is turned on. It is also possible to check the malfunction while riding. It is possible to check the recorded malfunction data by
using a pocket tester or the multifunction display of meter by setting the ECU to the self diagnostic
mode since all malfunctions which has been once detected are recorded.
Differences Between the Normal Handling and Services On a Vehicle
• Care should be taken not to damage components by shocks and pulling too much since the ABS
components are precisely adjusted.
• ECU, HU, Wheel sensors and fail-safe relay cannot be disassembled.
• Malfunction history in ECU is recorded. Delete it when the service is finished. (This is because
the past malfunction contents will be redundantly displayed when the same malfunction occurred
again.)
BASIC INSTRUCTION FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
WARNING
• Execute the troubleshooting on each malfunction from [A] to [D] in sequence.
• Use the sufficiently charged regular batteries only.
[A] Malfunction check by the ABS warning light
[B]Detail check of malfunction
Results by self diagnosis are displayed by the multifunction display or a pocket tester according
to the ECU’s operation.
[C]Supposing the malfunction cause and position
Find the malfunction cause by reasoning the place and situation where it occurred.
[D]ABS system services
Execute the final check after disassembly and assembly.
WARNING
Perform the troubleshooting [A] → [B] → [C] → [D] in order. Be sure to follow the order since
it results in the wrong diagnosis if the order is differently taken or omitted.
123
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)
TRBL
SHTG
BASIC PROCESS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
It does not go on.
“P104”
Warning light
does not
come on.
[A]
Goes on for 2 seconds and goes off afterward.
Check the ABS
warning light.
Flashing
Keeps coming on.
“P106”
Warning light
keeps flashing.
“P108”
Present
malfunction
“P106”
Warning light
keeps coming on.
“P107”
Past malfunction
NO
YES
YES
NO
NOTE: Display the
malfunction code
number and record it.
“P104”
Only ABS
warning light
does not
come on.
“P104”
All indicator lights
do not come on.
Check
the fuse.
Check the
connecting parts.
“P109”
Diagnoses by
malfunction codes.
“P106”
Warning light
keeps flashing.
Check the
wire harnesses.
Check the
ECU connector.
Check the
brake switch
circuit.
Check the
Check the disconnection
test coupler or short-circuit between
adaptor.
the meter and ECU (ABS).
“P106”
ABS warning light
flashes every
0.5 second.
To investigate, use
the diagnosis table
(from “P111” to “P119”).
Explain to the
customer.
Check the
wire harness.
ECU
“P100”
Fail-safe
relay
“P100”
Sensor
“P51, 55”
ECU
“P100”
HU
“P59”
Check
NG HU test
the
“P71”
piping.
OK
Are all defective phenomena corrected?
NO
Return to [A]
OK
Delete the malfunction
code record. “P120”
End
NOTE:
Do not delete the malfunction code during the troubleshooting procedures. Be sure to delete it when
the service is finished.
WARNING
Always execute the “final check” when the components related to ABS are checked and serviced.
124
TROUBLESHOOTING AT THE ABS WARNING LIGHT
TRBL
SHTG
TROUBLESHOOTING AT THE ABS WARNING LIGHT
When the main switch is turned “ON”. (Engine does not start.)
ONLY THE ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON.
• Blown, damaged, or incorrect fuse (ABS fuse)
• Defective connection of the ABS harness and the wire harness
• Defective connection of the ABS harness and the electronic control unit (ECU)
• ABS harness is disconnected
• ABS warning light bulb is burnt out or the bulb contact is defective
• ECU defective
ALL INDICATORS DO NOT COME ON.
• Battery defective
• Blown, damaged, or incorrect fuse (Main fuse)
• Defective connection of the main fuse coupler
• Defective connection of the wire harness and the ABS harness
• Defective connection of the main switch coupler
• Defective connection of the meter coupler
ABS WARNING LIGHT CONTINUES TO FLASHES.
• Brake light switch (Front or rear) is defective
• Brake light switch coupler has come off
• Wire harness is disconnected
• Blown, damaged, or incorrect fuse (Main fuse)
• Defective connection of the ABS harness and the wire harness couplers
• Disconnection or short-circuit between the meter and ECU (ABS).
ABS WARNING LIGHT FLASHES EVERY 0.5 SECONDS.
• Voltage drop (Less than 10 V)
Battery
Rectifier/regulator
AC magneto
• Strong radio waves or static electricity
ABS WARNING LIGHT CONTINUES TO COME ON.
• Defective connection of the wheel sensor (Front or rear) circuit
• Wheel sensor lead (Front or rear) coupler has come off
• Wheel sensor lead (Front or rear) or the coil is disconnected
• Sensor circuit of the ABS harness is disconnected
• ECU coupler terminal has come off
125
TDM900A(T) 2005 WIRING DIAGRAM
A.C. magneto
Rectifier/regulator
Fuse (fuel injection system)
Fuse (ABS)
Fuse (main)
Fuse (ABS motor)
Starter relay
Starter motor
Battery
Main switch
Alarm
Immobilizer unit
Fuse (backup)
Starting circuit cut-off relay
Sidestand switch
Neutral switch
Cylinder identification sensor
Crankshaft position sensor
Throttle position sensor
Intake air pressure sensor
Atmospheric pressure sensor
Intake air temperature sensor
Coolant temperature sensor
Lean angle cut-off switch
O2 sensor
ECU
Injector #1
Injector #2
Air cut-off valve
Intake solenoid
Speed sensor
Ignition coil #1
Ignition coil #2
Spark plug
ABS test terminal
Fuel pump
ECU (ABS)
ABS wire lead
Fail safe relay
Hydraulic unit
Front wheel sensor
Rear wheel sensor
Meter assembly
Oil level warning light
Neutral indicator light
Multi-function meter
Engine trouble warning light
Immobilizer system indicator light
High beam indicator light
Turn signal indicator light
Meter light
ABS warning light
Oil level switch
Turn signal relay
Right handlebar switch
Front brake light switch
Engine stop switch
Start switch
Left handlebar switch
Horn switch
Pass switch
Dimmer switch
Hazard switch
Turn signal switch
Clutch switch
Horn
Rear turn signal light (left)
Rear turn signal light (right)
Front turn signal light (left)
Front turn signal light (right)
Headlight relay
Headlight
Rear brake light switch
Tail/brake light
Auxiliary light
Fuse (ignition)
Fuse (head)
Fuse (hazard)
Fuse (signal)
Fuse (radiator fan motor)
Radiator fan motor relay
Radiator fan motor
COLOR CODE
B ......
Br. . . . . .
Ch . . . . .
Dg . . . . .
G......
Gy . . . . .
L ......
Lg . . . . .
O......
P ......
R......
Sb . . . . .
W. . . . . .
Y ......
B/L . . . .
B/W. . . .
B/Y . . . .
Br/B. . . .
Br/G . . . .
Br/L . . . .
Br/R . . .
Br/W. . . .
G/B . . . .
G/L . . . .
Black
Brown
Chocolate
Dark green
Green
Gray
Blue
Light green
Orange
Pink
Red
Sky blue
White
Yellow
Black/Blue
Black/White
Black/Yellow
Brown/Black
Brown/Green
Brown/Blue
Brown/Red
Brown/White
Green/Black
Green/Blue
G/R. . . .
G/W . . .
G/Y. . . . .
Gy/G. . .
Gy/R . . .
L/B . . . .
L/G . . . .
L/R . . . .
L/W. . . .
L/ Y. . . .
P/W . . .
R/B . . . .
R/G . . . .
R/L . . . .
R/W . . .
R/Y . . . .
W/B . . .
W/G . . .
W/L . . . .
W/R . . .
W/Y . . .
Y/B . . . .
Y/G. . . . .
Y/L . . . .
Green/Red
Green/White
Green/Yellow
Gray/Green
Gray/Red
Blue/Black
Blue/Green
Blue/Red
Blue/White
Blue/Yellow
Pink/White
Red/Black
Red/Green
Red/Blue
Red/White
Red/Yellow
White/Black
White/Green
White/Blue
White/Red
White/Yellow
Yellow/Black
Yellow/Green
Yellow/Blue
YAMAHA MOTOR CO., LTD.
2500 SHINGAI IWATA SHIZUOKA JAPAN
TDM900A(T) 2005 WIRING DIAGRAM
D
Br Lg Dg
3
Br/L
5
R
L/R L/B
Y/L R/G G/L
G/L R/G Y/L
B Y G/R Br/W Ch G L
B/W W W/Y
W/Y W B/W
WIRE HARNESS
HEADLIGHT SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
WIRE HARNESS
HEADLIGHT SUB-WIRE
HARNESS 1
P/W Y
Y
P/W
B/L
B/L
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
F
G
R/B G/B
G/B R/B
Br/B R/W
R/W Br/B
Br R/W
R/W Br
R/L L
L R/L
B/L Br/W
Br/W B/L
L G/Y
G/Y L
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 1
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
WIRE HARNESS RELAY SUB-WIREHARNESS
WIRE HARNESS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 3
H
W/R W/B P/W L/W
L/W P/W W/B W/R
B/W B Y Br/W
Br/W Y
WIRE HARNESS
B B/W
ABS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 1
W R/W W/G
W/G R/W W
B W/L W/Y
W/Y W/L B
WIRE HARNESS
ABS SUB-WIRE HARNESS 2
R
R/W
W
R
W
W
R
W
W
2
Br/R L/W G/R
L/W R/W
R/W
R
1
Dg Lg Br
L G Ch Br/W G/R Y B
E
Br/W
R
W
L/B L/R
A
B
Br/R
4
Br/L
C
R/B W/L R/L
B/W B/R L/W L/R R/W L/G L/Y Sb
B/Y
Lg
L
Y/G P G/R R/L W/B G/W B/W
Gy/G W/Y
R/B G/B O GyR B/W
L/W B/Y L/Y R/W Br/B G/Y
Br/W P/W Y Y/L Gy B/L
R/W L/R
Br/R Y/B
B/W
B/W
6
R
R/B
O
B
R
7
R
R/W
32
34
33
34
L/R
Gy
B/Y
G/W
L/Y
R/L
L/G
L/Y
Sb
R/W
W/L
B/Y
L/W
B/L
L/G
B
17
15
B
R/G B
B
L
L A L
P/W
P
B/L
Br/W
26
20
R/W Lg Y/L
L
Br/B
R/W
B/L
B
Sb
W/L
B
B
W/G
B Sb
30
35
L
21
Sb
W/Y
Lg
Lg
B/Y
W/R
W/R
W/Y
R/W
B Sb
W
G/Y
W/R Lg
B
W/Y
37
L
P
W/Y
B/L
B/L
31
B/L E B/L
Br/W
B/W
B/W
B/W
22
W L/Y
B/W
16
Br/W E Br/W
R/W
Br/W B/L
R/W
R R
W/B
W G
L W/Y
B/L
Br/W
P/W
Y
W/L
57
25
L
24
Gy/G
B
L/W P/W W/B W/R
W/RW/BP/W L/W
38
Br/W Y B B/W
Y/L
Y/B
L/B
Br Y
61
62
63
W/Y W/L B
G/L
48
HI
OFF
R
ON
ON
LO
ON
N
B/Y
L
L/Y
49
Y
B
B/W
65
Y
R/Y Br/W L/B Y Dg
L D L
Dg
Y
Ch
W/Y G/R G L Br/W Y
Dg D Dg
Dg
G/R D G/R
W
B
Dg
B D B
Dg
W B
69
70
Dg
B
Ch
B
53
B
68
B
B
67
B
B
B
B
Ch
L
Ch
B
B
B
B
L
L F L
Ch
72
B
B
52
W/Y
B
W/L
W
R/W
W/G
B/W
B
Y
Br/W
W/R
W/B
B
Dg
B
L/R
W Y/L B/W L/R G/L Lg Br R/G
Ch D Ch
B
Ch
L/B
Y
66
L/B
Dg
B
B W
G/Y
41
B W
W/Y B/Y
42
B W
W B
51
L
G/R
Ch L/Y B B/Y Br
Ch
Y
B
B/W
B
Y
L/B D L/B
L/R
74
G/Y
G/Y F G/Y
B/Y
50
Br/W
Dg Y L/B Br/W R/Y
Y D Y
F Br
Y
B
Y L/R B
L
82
W/Y C W/Y
W/Y
OFF
Br B/Y B L/Y Ch
B L
L
B W/L W/Y
W
Br
B
W R/W W/G
47
L/Y
OFF
Br
Br
R/W F R/W
R/W
75
B L/R
W/G R/W W
B/W
W C W
L/Y
B/Y
64
W
Br
B
Br/W
B/Y
60
46
G
P/W
G/L C G/L
Br/W
Y/B
73
B
Br/W D Br/W
L/B
R/Y
R/Y
59
71
L/B
R/Y
L/R
80
Br
L/R D L/R
R/Y
Br
R
R/Y
Br
W/Y
L/W
R/G
BrG
79
B/W B Y Br/W
Br
54
Br/W
L
R/W
W/Y
W
W/L
R/W
B
W/G
B/W
Y
Br/W
W/R
W/B
Lg
45
P/W
B/W C B/W
G D G
44
L/W
D Br
Br
BrG
R/G C R/G
BrG
Y/L C Y/L
B
B/L
43
78
B
B
R/L B
L Y/G B/L
PUSH
Br
G/Y
Gy/G B/L
W L
FREE
B/W
Br B R/B
Lg D Lg
R/W L/W G/Y
B
G/Y W/L R/W
R/B B Br
36
B/L
G/R
G/R B/L
58
56
G
R/L
G B/W
Y/G
W/L
R/B
R/W
B/L
23
RUN
B
B/W R/W
W/G W/L
L/W
B/L
R/Y
OFF
81
R/W B
W/G
77
55
R/W
W/B
40
W W
76
Br/L
Br/L
W/R
B/W
Y/B
W/L
B/L P L
Y
R/W
Sb
Y/L
B/L
Y/L G/L R/W
Br/R
W
B/Y
B
Y/L
B
R/W
G/L
R/G
B
L W/B
B B R/G
Br/L
B/W W/Y
Br Br/R
Br/B R/W
Gy/G
L/G B
W/Y
L/W W/B P/W W/R
R/W
29
Y/G
P/W P/W B P/W
B/L P/W L
Br/R
Br/R R/W
G/R
B/L
Lg
Br/W
Sb B
Lg W/R
Y
W/B
W L/Y
B B
12
B
Br/B
L
Y B Y
L
B
B/L
Y
R/W
Y B/L
19
R
Br/L
B B
R/L R/B
R/L
B/W
L
B
Br/R
W
B/W
B/L B B/L
W/B
W/G
B
B
B B
B R/W W/B
P/W Br/W W/R R/W
W
B
Br/R
B B
27
R/B R/B A R/B R/B
Gy
W
39
R/L
R/W E R/W
B/W
B
B B
28
GyR
G/W
11
Br/R
Br/L
10
G/B G/B A G/B G/B
Br/B E Br/B
Br/L
B/W
B
R
P
B
B
R/G
B
B
OFF
R/W
R/B
R/L G/B
R/W
18
Br/R
ON
G/W L/Y
O
W
Gy G/W
GyR
L/R
B
B
8
R/L
Br/W
Br/R
Lg
R/B
14
P/W
R
13
R/L A R/L
B
9
MAIN
L/W
R
R
L/W
L/W
B
R
W W W

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Fascial gun kh 320 инструкция по применению на русском языке
  • Анаруал капли для ушей инструкция по применению
  • Nero radio 8113 ip65 инструкция по программированию
  • Эхинацея в таблетках 300 мг инструкция по применению
  • Как настроить алису колонку лайт пошаговая инструкция с телефона видео